Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
|
|
|||||||
 | |||||||
| abhajyamāna | mfn. (Passive voice) not being detached  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhakta | mfn. not attached to, detached, unconnected with | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhidhā | -dadhāti-, to surrender any one to (dative case; Aorist subjunctive 2. dual number -dhātam-)  ; to bring upon (dative case) : A1. (rarely P.) to put on or round, put on the furniture of a horse (see abh/i-hīta-below) etc. ; to cover (a country) with an army ; to cover, protect (Aorist Potential 2. plural -dhetana-), etc. ; (in classical Sanskrit generally) to set forth, explain, tell, speak to, address, say, name (see abh/i-hita-below) : Passive voice -dhīyate-, to be named or called: Causal -dhāpayate-, to cause to name : Desiderative A1. -dh/itsate-, to intend to cover one's self  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anārabhya | ind.p. without commencing (used in compound in the sense "detached").  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anārabhyādhīta | mfn. taught or studied or read as a detached subject (not as part of a regular or authoritative treatise). | ||||||
| |||||||
| anārabhyavada | m. a detached remark (upon sacrifices, etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| anāśrita | mfn. not supported, detached  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aparodhuka | mfn. detaining, hindering  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asakta | mfn. detached from worldly feelings or passions, unattached or indifferent to (locative case) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asakti | f. the being detached from worldly feelings or passions | ||||||
| |||||||
| avacchinna | mfn. separated, detached etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avasad | P. -sīdati- (rarely A1. exempli gratia, 'for example' Potential -sideta- ; imperfect tense -sīdata- ) to sink (is into water) ; to sink down, faint, grow lean ([ ; ]), become exhausted or disheartened, slacken, come to an end, perish, Causal (parasmE-pada -sādayat-; ind.p. -sādya-) to cause to sink (as, into water) ; to render downhearted, dispirit, ruin etc. ; to frustrate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bahuvistara | mf(ā-)n. very detailed ( bahuvistaram am- ind.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhinna | mfn. detached, disjoined, loosened  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bindu | m. (once n. ;in later language mostly written vindu-) a detached particle, drop, globule, dot, spot etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brāhmaṇa | n. the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda- (as distinct from its mantra- and upaniṣad- portion) and consisting of a class of works called brāhmaṇa-s (they contain rules for the employment of the mantra-s or hymns at various sacrifices, with detailed explanations of their origin and meaning and numerous old legends;they are said by sāyaṇa- to contain two parts: 1. vidhi-,rules or directions for rites;2. artha-vāda-,explanatory remarks;each veda- has its own brāhmaṇa-, that of the is preserved in 2 works, viz. the aitareya-, sometimes called āśvalāyana-, and the kauṣītaki- or śāṅkhāyana-- brāhmaṇa-;the white yajur-veda- has the śata-patha-brāhmaṇa-;the black yajur-veda- has the brāhmaṇa- which differs little from the text of its saṃhitā-;the has 8 brāhmaṇa-s, the best known of which are the prauḍha- or pañca-viṃśa- and the ṣaḍviṃśa-;the has one brāhmaṇa- called go-patha-) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cud | cl.1. c/odati-, te- (subjunctive c/odat-; imperative da-, data-, dasva-,(2. dual number) dethām-; Aorist 2. sg. codīs-; pr. p. See a-cod/at-), to impel, incite, animate ; to bring or offer quickly (as the soma-) ; A1. to hasten : Causal cod/ayati-, rarely te- (subjunctive 2. sg. yāsi-, yāse-; Aorist acūcudat- ; parasmE-pada cod/ayat-;Pan. codyamāna-), to sharpen, whet (confer, compare ) ; ; to impel, incite, cause to move quickly, accelerate etc. ; (with cakṣus-) to direct (the eye) towards (locative case) ; to inspire, excite, animate ; to request, petition, ask, urge on, press or importune with a request etc. ; help on, assist in the attainment of (dative case) ; to bring or offer quickly, ; to ask for ; to inquire after ; to enjoin, fix, settle ; to object, criticise ; to be quick ; ([ confer, compare , ; Latin cudo.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dala | n. a detachment  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhā | cl.3 P. A1. d/adhāti-, dhatt/e- etc. (P. dual number dadhv/as-, dhatth/as-, dhatt/as-[ ]; plural dadhm/asi-or m/as-, dhatth/a-, dādhati-; imperfect tense /adadhāt- plural dhur-, plural /adhatta-or /adadhāta- ; subjunctive d/adhat-or dhāt-[ ], dhas-, dhatas-, dhan-; Potential dadhy/āt-; imperative dādhātu- plural dhatu-;2. sg. dheh/i-[fr. dhaddhi-; confer, compare ] or dhattāt- ;2. plural dhatt/a-, , dhattana-, , d/adhāta-, ,or tana-, [ confer, compare ]; parasmE-pada d/adhat-, ti- m. plural tas-; A1.1. sg. dadh/e-[at once3. sg. equals dhatt/e- and= perfect tense A1.],2. sg. dh/atse-, or dhats/e- dual number dadh/āthe-, dh/āte-;2. plural dhidhv/e-[ confer, compare perfect tense ];3. plural d/adhate- ; imperfect tense /adhatta-, tthās-; subjunctive d/adhase-, [ ]; Potential d/adhīta- dadhīt/a-, ; imperative 2. sg. dhatsva-, or dadhiṣva-, ;2. plural dhaddhvam-[ ]or dadhidhvam- ,etc.;3. pl. dadhatām- ; parasmE-pada d/adhāna-) ; rarely cl.1 P. A1. dadhati-, te- ; only thrice cl.2 P. dh/āti- ; and once cl.4 A1. Potential dhāyeta- (pf.P. dadh/au-, dh/ātha-, dhatur-, dhim/ā etc.; A1. dadh/e-[ confer, compare proper ], dadhiṣ/e-or dhiṣe- ;2.3. dual number dadh/āthe-, dh/āte-,2. pl. dadhidhv/e-[ confer, compare proper ];3. plural dadhir/e-, dadhre-, ,or dhire-, ; parasmE-pada d/adhāna-[ confer, compare proper ]; Aorist P. /adhāt-, dh/āt-, dh/ās-; adh/ur-, dh/ur- etc.; Potential dheyām-, yur-; dhetana- ; 2. sg. dhāyīs- ; imperative dh/ātu-[ confer, compare ];2. plural dh/āta-or tana-,3. plural dhāntu- ; A1. adhita-, thās-, adhītām-, adhīmahi-, dhīmahi-, dhimahe-, dhāmahe- ;3. sg. ahita-, hita- ; subjunctive dh/ethe- , dhaithe-, ; imperative dhiṣv/ā; P. adhat- ; dhat- ; P. dhāsur- subjunctive sathas-and satha- ; A1. adhiṣi-, ṣata- ; Potential dhiṣīya- [ ]; dheṣīya- ; future dhāsyati-, te-or dhātā- etc.; infinitive mood dh/ātum- etc.;Ved. also tave-, tav/ai-, tos-; dhiy/adhyai- ;Class. also -dhitum-; ind.p. dhitv/ā- ; hitvā-[ ], -dh/āya-and -dh/ām- : Passive voice dhīy/ate- etc.[ ] , p. dhīy/amāna- ; Aorist /adhāyi-, dh/āyi- [ ]; preceding dhāsīṣṭa-or dhāyiṣīṣṭa-[ ]) to put, place, set, lay in or on (locative case) etc. etc. (with daṇḍam-,to inflict punishment on [with locative case ,with genitive case ];with tat-padavyām padam-,to put one's foot in another's footstep id est imitate, equal ) ; to take or bring or help to (locative case or dative case;with ār/e-,to remove) ; (A1.) to direct or fix the mind or attention (cintām-, manas-, matim-, samādhim-etc.) upon, think of (locative case or dative case), fix or resolve upon (locative case dative case accusative with prati-or a sentence closed with iti-) ; to destine for, bestow on, present or impart to (locative case dative case or genitive case) etc. (Passive voice to be given or granted, fall to one's [dat.] lot or share ) ; to appoint, establish, constitute ; to render (with double accusative) ; to make, produce, generate, create, cause, effect, perform, execute etc. (Aorist with pūrayām-, mantrayām-, varayām-etc. equals pūrayām-etc. cakāra-) ; to seize, take hold of, hold, bear, support, wear, put on (clothes) etc. ; (A1.) to accept, obtain, conceive (especially in the womb), get, take (with /okas-or c/anas-,to take pleasure or delight in [loc. or dative case ]) ; to assume, have, possess, show, exhibit, incur, undergo : Causal -dhāpayati- (See antar-dhā-, śrad-dhā-etc.) : Desiderative dh/itsati-, te- () , to wish to put in or lay on (locative case) (Class. Passive voice dhitsyate-; dhitsya-See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) ; d/idhiṣati-, te-, to wish to give or present ; (A1.) to wish to gain, strive after (parasmE-pada d/idhiṣāṇa-, ) : with avady/am-, to bid defiance (confer, compare didhiṣ/āyya-, didhiṣ/u-): Intensive dedhīyate- [ confer, compare Zend da1,dadaiti; Greek ,; Lithuanian dedu4,de4ti; Slavonic or Slavonian dedja,diti; Old Saxon duan,do7n, Anglo-Saxon do7n,Engl.do; German tuan;tuon,thun.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhṛta | mfn. kept back, detained (kare-,by the hand)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gatasaṅga | mfn. free from attachment, detached from, dissevered  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hā | cl.3 P. () j/ahāti- (rarely cl.1. jahati-3. dual number jahltaḥ- imperative jah/ihi-[or jahāhi- ]; jahītāt- ; Potential jahyāt- etc.; perfect tense jahau-, jah/uḥ- etc.; jahe- ; Aorist ahāt- etc.; ahāsīt- grammar;3. sg. ahās- ; /ahāsi- ; hāsiṣṭa- ,; future hātā- grammar; hāsyati-, te- etc., jahiṣyati- etc.; infinitive mood hātum- ; ind.p. hitv/ā-.[ q.v ] etc.; hitv/ī- tv/āya- ; -hītvā- grammar; -h/āya- , h/īyam- ), to leave, abandon, desert, quit, forsake, relinquish (with śarīram-, deham-, prā etc., etc. ; to discharge, emit ; to put away, take off, remove, lay aside, give up, renounce, resign, avoid, shun, abstain or refrain from etc. ; to disregard, neglect ; to lose, be deprived of. ; to get rid of. escape from etc. ; to cause to emit (with śardham-,"to cause to break wind") : Passive voice hīy/ate- or h/īyate- (Epic also hīyati-; Aorist ahāyi-), to be left or abandoned or deserted etc. ; to be left behind, fall short of (ablative) etc. ; to be excluded from or bereft of (ablative or instrumental case;with prā etc. ; to be overtaken by (instrumental case) ; to be deficient or wanting, suffer loss or injury, fail (also in a lawsuit), decrease, wane, decline, come to an end etc. ; to weigh less (at the ordeal of the balance) ; to be given up or avoided (varia lectio) ; to be subtracted ; to become detached from (with ablative or instrumental case), fall out (as hair) : Causal hāpayati- (mc. also te- Aorist ajīhapat-; -jīhipaḥ- ), to cause to leave or abandon etc. ; to omit, neglect etc. ; to fall short of. be wanting in (accusative) ; to give up (asūn-,"life") ; to lose (kālam-,"time") ; to abandon (pratijñām-,"a thesis") : Desiderative jihāsati-, to wish to leave or abandon ; to wish to reject or disdain ; to wish to escape : Intensive jehīyate-, jāhāti-, jāheti- grammar  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaivalya | n. perfect isolation, abstraction, detachment from all other connections, detachment of the soul from matter or further transmigrations, beatitude etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lalitavistara | m. Name of a sūtra- work giving a detailed account of the artless and natural acts in the life of the buddha-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lalitavistarapurāṇa | n. Name of a sūtra- work giving a detailed account of the artless and natural acts in the life of the buddha-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| mokṣ | cl.1 A1. mokṣate- (rather Desiderative fr.), to wish to free one's self. seek deliverance (see ) ; to free one's self from (accusative), shake off ; cl.10 P. (;rather ; future mokṣayiṣyati-, te- ; infinitive mood mokṣitum- varia lectio), to free or deliver from (ablative) etc. ; to liberate, emancipate (from transmigration) ; to loosen, untie, undo ; to detach, extract, draw out of (ablative) ; to wrest or take away anything from (ablative) ; to shed, cause to flow (blood) ; to cast, hurl, fling | ||||||
| |||||||
| muktaka | mfn. detached, separate, independent  | ||||||
| |||||||
| muktaka | n. a detached śloka- (the meaning of which is complete in itself) | ||||||
| |||||||
| niḥsaṅga | mfn. unconnected, separated, detached  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niram | A1. -ramate- (Aorist 3. plural -araṃsata-), to rest, come to rest, cease : Causal -rāmayati- (Aorist -arīramat-), to cause to rest, stop, detain ; (-ramayati-) to gladden, give pleasure (by sexual union)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirdeśa | m. description, specification, special mention, details or particulars etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nivartayitavya | mfn. to be kept back or detained  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyam | P. -yacchati-, to stop (trans.), hold back, detain with (locative case) ; (A1.) to stop (intrans.), stay, remain ; to keep back, refuse ; (A1.) to fail, be wanting ; to fasten, tie to (locative case), bind up (hair etc.) etc. ; to hold over, extend (śarma-) ; to hold downwards (the hand) ; to bring near, procure, bestow, grant, offer, present (rain, gifts etc.) etc. ; to hold in, keep down, restrain, control, govern, regulate (as breath, the voice, the organs of sense etc.) etc. ; to suppress or conceal (one's nature) ; to destroy, annihilate (opp. to ; to restrict (food etc.; see below) ; to fix upon, settle, determine, establish on ; (in gram.) to lower, pronounce low id est with the anudātta- : Causal -yamayati-, to restrain, curb, check, suppress, restrict | ||||||
| |||||||
| paricchinna | mfn. cut off, divided, detached, confined, limited, circumscribed ( paricchinnatva -tva- n.) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paripaṭh | P. -paṭhati-, to discourse ; to enumerate completely, detail, mention, name  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paripāṭhaka | mfn. enumerating completely, detailing | ||||||
| |||||||
| paripāṭhena | ind. in detail, completely | ||||||
| |||||||
| prācuryeṇa | ind. in detail  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pramuc | P. A1. -muñcati-, te-, to set free, let go, liberate, release from (ablative) ; to loosen, loose, untie, unbind, undo ; to rid one's self of (genitive case), escape ; (ind.p. -mucya-,having liberated one's self from[ ablative ] ) ; to drive away, banish, shake off ; to give up, resign, renounce ; to discharge, emit, throw out, shed etc. ; to hurl, fling, throw, shoot ; to utter ; to throw or put on (as a garland etc.) ; to lend, bestow : Passive voice -mucyate-, to free one's self from (ablative or instrumental case) etc. ; to be loosened, become loose or detached, fall off (as fruits) ; to leave off, cease : Causal -mocayati-, to liberate from (ablative) ; to loosen, untie : Desiderative -mumukṣati-, to be about to give up or resign  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prapañca | m. amplification, prolixity, diffuseness, copiousness (in style; prapañcena cena- ind.and prapañcatas ca-tas- ind.diffusely, in detail)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prapañcaka | mf(ikā-)n. amplifying, explaining in detail | ||||||
| |||||||
| prapañcaya | Nom. P. yati-, to develop, amplify, explain in detail ; to dwell upon a note (accusative) in music | ||||||
| |||||||
| prarī | P. -riṇāti-, to sever, detach, take away ; A1. -rīyate-, to penetrate, enter (?),  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratigraha | m. the reserve of an army (a detachment posted with the general 400 yards in the rear of a line)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratisaṃvedaka | mfn. giving detailed information  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prativiśeṣaṇa | n. detailed specification  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyavayava | (in the beginning of a compound)in every part or particular, in detail  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyavayavam | (ind.) in every part or particular, in detail | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyavayavavarṇanā | f. a detailed or minute description | ||||||
| |||||||
| pravijñā | P. -jānāti-, to know in detail or accurately  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pravistara | m. circumference, compass. extent (reṇa-,"in great detail") .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pṛthu | mf(v/ī-or u-)n. prolix, detailed  | ||||||
| |||||||
| punarninṛtta | mfn. again repeated in detail  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rī | or ri- (see ) riṇ/āti- cl.4 P. () r/īyate- (riṇīte- ; riyati- ; imperfect tense ariṇvan- ; Gr.pf. rirāya-, rirye-; Aorist araiṣīt-, areṣṭa-; future retā-; reṣyati-, te-; infinitive mood retum-), to release, set free, let go ; to sever, detach from (ablative) ; to yield, bestow ; (A1.) to be shattered or dissolved, melt, become fluid, drop, flow : Causal repayati- (Aorist arīripat-) grammar : Desiderative rirīṣati-, te- : Intens, rerīyate-, rerayīti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāhasra | m. an army or detachment consisting of a thousand men  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃdita | mfn. bound or fastened together, detained, caught  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃruddha | mfn. stopped completely, detained, obstructed, hindered etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃrudh | P. A1. -ruṇaddhi-, -runddhe-, to stop completely, detain, obstruct, check, confine etc. ; to block up (a road) ; to invest, besiege etc. ; to shut up (the mind from external objects) ; to keep off, avert, impede, prevent ; to withhold, refuse : Causal -rodhayati- (only ind.p. -rodhya-), to cause to stop, obstruct | ||||||
| |||||||
| samutpaṭ | P. -pāṭayati-, to tear completely out or up, uproot, detach, sever ; to expel, dethrone  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samutpāṭa | m. tearing out or away, severing, detaching | ||||||
| |||||||
| samutpāṭita | mfn. torn completely out or away, uprooted, detached | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃyamita | mfn. clasped (in the arms), held, detained  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śatapathabrāhmaṇa | n. "the brāhmaṇa- with a hundred paths or sections"Name of a well-known brāhmaṇa- attached to the vājasaneyi-saṃhitā- or White yajur-veda-, (like the saṃhitā-, this brāhmaṇa- is ascribed to the ṛṣi- yājñavalkya-;it is perhaps the most modern of the brāhmaṇa-s, and is preserved in two śākhā-s or schools, mādhyaṃdina- and kāṇva-;the version belonging to the former is best known, and is divided into fourteen kāṇḍa-s or books which contain one hundred adhyāya-s or lectures [or according to another arrangement into sixty-eight prapāṭhaka-s];the whole work is regarded as the most systematic and interesting of all the brāhmaṇa-s, and though intended mainly for ritual and sacrificial purposes, is full of curious mythological details and legends; see yajur-veda-, vijasaneyisaṃhitā-, brāhmaṇa-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saviśeṣam | ind. with all particulars, in detail  | ||||||
| |||||||
| savistara | mf(ā-)n. having diffuseness, diffuse, detained, complete ( savistaram am- ind.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| spardh | (or spṛdh-; see ) sp/ardhate- (mc. also P. ti-;Subj.[ pr/a-] -spūrdh/an- ; perfect tense paspṛdh/e-, dhān/a-, /apaspṛdhethām- ; paspardha- etc.; Aorist aspṛdhran-, spṛdhānd- : aspardhiṣṭa- grammar; future spardhitā-, spardhiṣyate- ; infinitive mood sp/ardhitum- ; spūrdh/ase- ; ind.p. -sp/ṛdhya- ), to emulate, compete, rival, vie or cope with (instrumental case with and without saha-,or accusative), contend or struggle for (locative case) etc. etc.: Causal spardhayati- grammar : Desiderative pispardhiṣate- : Intensive pāspardhyate-, pāsparddhi- (apāspāḥ- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthūla | mf(/ā-)n. coarse, gross, rough (also figuratively ="not detailed or precisely defined"; see yathā-sth-) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suvistara | m. great diffuseness (rāt-,"very fully, in great detail")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suvistaram | ind. in great detail, at full length | ||||||
| |||||||
| utsūtra | mfn. loose, detached  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vākyārthopamā | f. a simile in which the resemblance of two things is specified in detail  | ||||||
| |||||||
| veda | m. Name of certain celebrated works which constitute the basis of the first period of the Hindu religion (these works were primarily three, viz. 1. the ṛg-veda-, 2. the yajur-veda- [of which there are, however, two divisionsSee taittirīya-saṃhitā-, vājasaneyi-saṃhitā-],3. the sāma-veda-;these three works are sometimes called collectively trayī-,"the triple vidyā-"or"threefold knowledge", but the ṛg-veda- is really the only original work of the three, and much the most ancient [the oldest of its hymns being assigned by some who rely on certain astronomical calculations to a period between 4000 and 2500 B.C., before the settlement of the Aryans in India;and by others who adopt a different reckoning to a period between 1400 and 1000 B.C., when the Aryans had settled down in the Panjab];subsequently a fourth veda- was added, called the atharva-veda-, which was probably not completely accepted till after manu-, as his law-book often speaks of the three veda-s-calling them trayam brahma sanātanam-,"the triple eternal veda-", but only once [ ] mentions the revelation made to atharvan- and aṅgiras-, without, however, calling it by the later name of atharva-veda-;each of the four veda-s has two distinct parts, viz. 1. mantra-, id est words of prayer and adoration often addressed either to fire or to some form of the sun or to some form of the air, sky, wind etc., and praying for health, wealth, long life, cattle, offspring, victory, and even forgiveness of sins, and 2. brāhmaṇa-, consisting of vidhi- and artha-vāda-, i.e. directions for the detail of the ceremonies at which the mantra-s were to be used and explanations of the legends etc. connected with the mantra-s [see brāhmaṇa-, vidhi-],both these portions being termed śruti-,revelation orally communicated by the Deity, and heard but not composed or written down by men[ see ] , although it is certain that both mantra-s and brāhmaṇa-s were compositions spread over a considerable period, much of the latter being comparatively modern;as the veda-s are properly three, so the mantra-s are properly of three forms, 1. ṛc-, which are verses of praise in metre, and intended for loud recitation;2. yajus-, which are in prose, and intended for recitation in a lower tone at sacrifices;3. sāman-, which are in metre, and intended for chanting at the soma- or Moon-plant ceremonies, the mantra-s of the fourth or atharva-veda- having no special name;but it must be borne in mind that the yajur- and sāma-veda- hymns, especially the latter, besides their own mantra-s, borrow largely from the ṛg-veda-;the yajur-veda- and sāma-veda- being in fact not so much collections of prayers and hymns as special prayer- and hymn-books intended as manuals for the adhvaryu- and udgātṛ- priests respectively [see yajur-veda-, sāma-veda-];the atharva-veda-, on the other hand, is, like the ṛg-veda-, a real collection of original hymns mixed up with incantations, borrowing little from the ṛg- and having no direct relation to sacrifices, but supposed by mere recitation to produce long life, to cure diseases, to effect the ruin of enemies etc.;each of the four veda-s seems to have passed through numerous śākhā-s or schools, giving rise to various recensions of the text, though the ṛg-veda- is only preserved in the śākala- recension, while a second recension, that of the bhāṣkala-s, is only known by name;a tradition makes vyāsa- the compiler and arranger of the veda-s in their present form: they each have an Index or anukramaṇī- [ q.v ], the principal work of this kind being the general Index or sarvānukramaṇī- [ q.v ];out of the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda- grew two other departments of Vedic literature, sometimes included under the general name veda-, viz. the strings of aphoristic rules, called sūtra-s [ q.v ], and the mystical treatises on the nature of God and the relation of soul and matter, called upaniṣad- [ q.v ], which were appended to the āraṇyaka-s [ q.v ], and became the real veda- of thinking Hindus, leading to the darśana-s or systems of philosophy;in the later literature the name of"fifth veda-"is accorded to the itihāsa-s or legendary epic poems and to the purāṇa-s, and certain secondary veda-s or upa-veda-s [ q.v ] are enumerated;the vedā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhāga | m. division, separation, distinction, difference etc. (ena-,separately, singly, in detail; see also yoga-v-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vicṛt | P. -cṛtati-, to loosen, detach, untie, open, set free  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vid | (originally identical with) vind/ati-, te- (Vedic or Veda also vitt/e-, vid/e-; parasmE-pada vidān/a-or vidāna-[ q.v ]; Epic 3. plural vindate- Potential vindyāt-,often equals vidyāt-; perfect tense viv/eda-[3. plural vividus- subjunctive vividat-], vividv/as-,3. plural vividre-, vidr/e- etc.; parasmE-pada vividv/as- ; vividivas- ; Aorist /avidat-, data- [ Vedic or Veda subjunctive vid/āsi-, d/āt-; Potential vid/et-, deta- ;3. sg. videṣṭa- ]; A1.1. sg. avitsi- ; future vettā-, vediṣyati- grammar; vetsyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood vid/e- ; vettum- etc.; v/ettave- ; ttavai-[?] and tos- ; ind.p. vittv/ā- ; -vidya- etc.) , to find, discover, meet or fall in with, obtain, get, acquire, partake of, possess etc. etc. (with diśas-,to find out the quarters of she sky ) ; to get or procure for (dative case) ; to seek out, look for, attend to etc. ; to feel, experience ; to consider as, take for (two accusative) ; to come upon, befall, seize, visit ; to contrive, accomplish, perform, effect, produce ; (A1. mc. also P.) to take to wife, marry (with or scilicet bhāryām-) etc. ; to find (a husband), marry (said of a woman) ; to obtain (a son, with or scilicet sutam-) : Passive voice or A1. vidy/ate- (Epic also ti-; parasmE-pada vidyamāna-[ q.v ]; Aorist avedi-), to be found, exist, be etc. ; (especially in later language) vidyate-,"there is, there exists", often with na-,"there is not" ; with bhoktum-,"there is something to eat" ; followed by a future ,"is it possible that?" ; yathā-vid/e-,"as it happens" id est "as usual","as well as possible" : Causal vedayati-, to cause to find etc. : Desiderative vividiṣati- or vivitsati-, te- grammar (see vivitsita-): Intensive vevidyate-, vevetti- (for parasmE-pada v/evidat-and dāna-See vi--and saṃ | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidhāraṇa | n. stopping, detaining (a carriage)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viguṇīkṛ | P. -karoti-, to detach the string of a bow  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vijayadaṇḍa | m. a particular detachment of an army  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vilamb | A1. -lambate- (rarely P.), to hang on both sides to (accusative) ; to hang down, hang on, be attached to (locative case) etc. ; to sink, set, decline ; to continue hanging, linger, delay, tarry, hesitate ("with"or"to", prati-) etc.: Causal lambayati-, to hang on (locative case) (read -lambya-with Bombay edition) ; to cause to linger or loiter, detain, delay ; to spend (time) unprofitably, waste, lose ; to put off, procrastinate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vimuc | P. A1. -muñcati-, te- (imperative -mumoktu- ), to unloose, unharness (A1."one's own horses") , unyoke (id est"make to halt, cause to stop or rest") etc. ; to take off (clothes, ornaments etc.) etc. ; to release, set free, liberate ; to leave, abandon, quit, desert, give up, relinquish ; to shun, avoid etc. ; to lose (consciousness) ; to pardon, forgive ; to emit, discharge, shed, pour or send forth (with grastam-,to set free a seized planet id est"free it from eclipse") ; to throw, hurl, cast (with ātmānam-and locative case,"to cast one's self into" ) etc. ; to utter (a sound) ; to assume (a shape) ; to lay (eggs) ; Passive voice -mucyate-, to be unloosed or detached etc. ; to be slackened (as reins) ; to drop or be expelled (prematurely, as a fetus) ; to be freed or delivered or released (especially from the bonds of existence), get rid of, escape from (ablative adverb in -tas- genitive case,or instrumental case) etc. ; to be deprived of (instrumental case) : Causal -mocayati-, to loosen, detach ; to unyoke ; to set free, deliver from (ablative) etc. ; to keep off, avoid : Desiderative -mumukṣati-, te-, to wish to liberate (A1."one's self")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viniyuj | A1. -yuṅkte- (rarely P. -yunakti-; see on ), to unyoke, disjoin, loose, detach, separate ; to discharge (an arrow) at (locative case) ; to assign, commit, appoint to, charge or entrust with, destine for (dative case locative case,or artham-) etc. (with sakhye-,to chose for a friend) ; to apply, use, employ ; to eat : Passive voice -yujyate-, to be unyoked etc. ; to fall to pieces, decay : Causal -yojayati-, to appoint or assign to, commit to (locative case,or arthāya-,or /artham-) etc. ; to entrust anything (accusative) to (locative case) ; to offer or present, anything (accusative) to (dative case) ; to use, employ ; to perform  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipaś | P. -paśyati- (rarely te-), to see in different places or in detail, discern, distinguish ; to observe, perceive, learn, know | ||||||
| |||||||
| virudāvali | f(i-or lī-). (or lī-) a detailed panegyric  | ||||||
| |||||||
| visaṃyukta | mfn. (  | ||||||
| |||||||
| visarga | m. producing, creating (especially secondary creation or creation in detail by puruṣa-;See under sarga-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣṇupurāṇa | n. Name of one of the most celebrated of the 18 purāṇa-s (it conforms more than any other to the definition pañca-lakṣaṇa-[q.v.];and consists of 6 books, the 1st treating of the creation of the universe from prakṛti-, and the peopling of the world by the prajā-pati-s;the 2nd giving a list of kings with many curious geographical and astronomical details;the 3rd treating of the veda-s and caste;the 4th continuing the chronicle of dynasties;the 5th giving the life of kṛṣṇa-;the 6th describing the dissolution of the world)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣṇupurāṇaka | n. Name of one of the most celebrated of the 18 purāṇa-s (it conforms more than any other to the definition pañca-lakṣaṇa-[q.v.];and consists of 6 books, the 1st treating of the creation of the universe from prakṛti-, and the peopling of the world by the prajā-pati-s;the 2nd giving a list of kings with many curious geographical and astronomical details;the 3rd treating of the veda-s and caste;the 4th continuing the chronicle of dynasties;the 5th giving the life of kṛṣṇa-;the 6th describing the dissolution of the world) | ||||||
| |||||||
| visrasta | mfn. fallen asunder or down, unfastened, untied, loosened, detached etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| visṛj | P. -sṛjati- (Epic also A1.), to send or pour forth, let go or run or flow, discharge, emit, shoot, cast, hurl (literally and figuratively;"at" locative case dative case,or accusative with prati-) etc. ; to turn (the eye) upon (locative case) ; to shed (tears) ; (A1.) to evacuate the bowels ; to utter (sounds or words) etc. ; to set free, release (A1."one's self") from (ablative) etc. ; to send away, dismiss, repudiate, reject, throw or cast off etc. ; to despatch (a messenger) ; to pass over, overlook ; (in older language A1.) to abandon, desert, give up, renounce etc. ; to open ; (A1.) to stretch out, extend ; to spread about, diffuse ; to remove ; to remit, exempt from (accusative) ; to hand over, deliver, bestow, grant etc. ; to produce, create (especially "in detail") etc.: Causal -sarjayati-, to discharge, emit, cast, hurl, throw (literally and figuratively) etc. ; to utter (a sound) ; to set free, release, let go, dismiss ; to banish, exile ; to send out, despatch etc. ; to abandon, desert, relinquish, give up, renounce, avoid etc. ; to spare, save ; to commit, entrust ; to lay aside, remove ; to divulge, publish (news) ; to give away ; to hand over, deliver, grant, bestow etc. ; to produce, create ; to answer questions | ||||||
| |||||||
| visṛṣṭi | f. secondary creation or creation in detail | ||||||
| |||||||
| vistara | m. detail, particulars, full or detailed description, amplification (also as direction to a narrator equals vistareṇa kāryam-,"give full particulars"; vistareṇa reṇa- ind.or vistarāt rāt- ind.diffusely, at length, fully, in detail; rī- etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vistāra | m. specification, detailed enumeration or description (eṇa-,diffusely, at length, prob. wrong reading for vistareṇa- ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vistṛ | (or stṝ-) P. A1. -stṛṇoti-, -stṛṇute- ; -stṛṇāti-, -stṛṇīte- (Epic also -starati-; ind.p. -stīrya-,or -stṛtya-), to spread out, scatter, strew (sacrificial grass) ; to expand, extend (wings) ; to spread abroad, diffuse, divulge ; to enlarge or expatiate upon, speak diffusely about (accusative) (vi-stīrya- ind.copiously, at large) ; (with vacanam-) to exchange words, converse with (instrumental case) : Passive voice -stīryate- or -staryate- (future -stariṣyate-), to be spread abroad or widely diffused ; to be explained : Causal -stārayati-, to spread, extend, diffuse, display etc. (-stārya-,fully, copiously, at length) ; to discuss in detail ; to expose (wares for sale) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viyojana | n. detaching or liberating from (compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viyu | P. -yuyoti-, -yauti-, to separate, part (intr.) ; to be separated from or deprived of (instrumental case) ; to separate (trans.), divide, detach or exclude from, deprive of (instrumental case) ; to keep off, avert ; to spread, scatter ; to open | ||||||
| |||||||
| viyuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to disjoin, detach, divide, separate from or deprive of (instrumental case,rarely ablative) etc. ; to part from (instrumental case) ; (A1.) to forsake, abandon (accusative) ; to relax, abate, yield : Passive voice -yujyate-, to be separated from or deprived of, lose (instrumental case) etc. ; to break (a vow instrumental case) ; to be relaxed, yield, give way : Causal -yojayati-, te-, to cause to be disjoined, separate or deliver from, deprive of (instrumental case or ablative) etc. ; to rob ; to subtract | ||||||
| |||||||
| viyukta | mfn. disjoined, detached, separated or delivered from, deprived or destitute of. deserted by (instrumental case or compound) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyādeśa | m. detailed or special injunction, direction, order, command  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyākāra | m. development, detailed description  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyākaraṇa | n. explanation, detailed description | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyākhyā | P. -khyāti-, to explain in detail, tell in full, discuss ; to relate, communicate ; to name, call Desiderative -cikhyāsati-, to wish to explain  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyākhyātana | mfn. explained, fully detailed related, told etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyākṛti | f. detailed description, explanation | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāsa | m. extension, diffusion, prolixity, detailed account (instrumental case; ablative and vyāsatas -tas- ind.in detail, at length, fully) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāsakta | mfn. detached, disjoined (in this sense vi-is privative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāsaṅga | m. detachment, separation (in this and the next senses vi-is privative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāvarṇ | (only ind.p. -varṇya-), to enumerate, narrate in detail | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyūha | m. detailed explanation or description  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyutpad | A1. -padyate- (Aorist vyud-apādi-), to proceed from, arise, originate, have origin or derivation (especially in gram.), be derived (from a root etc.) ; (P.) to come back (from sea see vy-utthā-) ; to resist (?) : Causal -pādayati-, to cause to arise or come forth, produce, cause ; (in gram.) to derive, trace back to a root etc., ; to discuss in detail : Desiderative See vy-utpitsu-, column 2.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathāsthūla | in the beginning of a compound () or am- ind. ( ) in the rough, without detail.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathātatha | n. a detailed account of events  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathāvṛtta | n. the circumstances or details of an event etc. | ||||||
81 results
| |
| aṅgam | अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा] 1 The body. -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them) -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval-kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also (the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words). -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual. -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters. -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश. -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas). -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also. -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas. -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north-east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a. 1 Contiguous. -2 Having members or divisions. -Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्). -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः). -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa). -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39. -2 a supplementary sacrificial act. -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14. -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness. -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड] 1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c. -2 produced by a supplementary rite. -3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः) -जनुस् also 1 a son. -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32. -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161. -4 drunkenness, intoxication. -5 a disease. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm. -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption. -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defective construction; Māna. -2 name of the 79th chapter. -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas. -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras. -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि). -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v. -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72. -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.). -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind. (-भूः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Mantras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.). -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2. -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85. -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles. -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra. -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्] 1 one who shampoos his master's body. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos. -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31. -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv. -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी). -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a bodyguard, personal attendant Pt.3. -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person. -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11. -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents. -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7. -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas. -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing. -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber. -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse. -विकल a. [तृ. त.] 1 maimed, paralysed. -2 fainting, swooning. -विकृतिः f. 1 change _x001F_2of bodily appearance; collapse. -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार). -विकारः a bodily defect. -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation. -2 a kind of dance. -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्] 1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5. -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः). -वीरः chief or principal hero. -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.] 1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार) -2 a nod, wink. -3 changed bodily appearance. -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.). -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्) 1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c. -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person. -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body. -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt. -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition. -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body. -सेवकः a personal attendant, body-guard. -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science. -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others. -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥ -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91. -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि] 1 gesticulation. -2 stage; dancing hall. -हीन a. [तृ. त.] 1 mutilated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥). |
| |
| atha | अथ (Ved. अथा) ind. [अर्थ्-ड, पृषोद˚ रलोपः Tv.] A particle used at the beginning (of works) mostly as a sign of auspiciousness, and translated by 'here', 'now' (begins) (मङ्गल, आरम्भ, अधिकार) (Properly speaking 'auspiciousness' or मङ्गल is not the sense of अथ, but the very utterance or hearing of the word is considered to be indicative of auspiciousness, as the word is supposed to have emanated from the throat of Brahmā ओंकारश्चाथशब्दश्च द्वावेतौ ब्रह्मणः पुरा । कण्ठं भित्त्वा विनिर्यातौ तेन माङ्गलिकावुभौ ॥ and therefore we find in Śāṅkara Bhāṣya अर्थान्तरप्रयुक्तः अथशब्दः श्रुत्या मङ्गलमारचयति); अथ निर्वचनम्; अथ योगानुशासनम्; अथेदं प्रारभ्यते द्वितीयं तन्त्रम् Pt.2. (usually followed by इति at the end, इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः here ends &c.). -2 Then, afterwards (आनन्तर्य) अथ प्रजानामधिपः प्रभाते R.2.1; often as a correlative of यदि or चेत्; न चेन्मुनिकुमारो$यं अथ को$स्य व्यपदेशः Ś.7; मुहूर्तादुपरि उपाध्याय- श्चेदागच्छेत् अथ त्वं छन्दो$धीष्व P.III.3.9. Sk. -3 If, supposing, now if, in case, but if (पक्षान्तर); अथ कौतुक- मावेदयामि K.144, अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः पतिकुले तव दास्यमपि क्षमम् ॥ Ś.5.27; अथ मरणमवश्यमेव जन्तोः किमिति मुधा मलिनं यशः कुरुध्वे Ve.3.6. अथ गृह्णाति Ś.7; Ku.5.45; Mu.3.25; Ki.1.44; अथ चास्तमिता त्वमात्मना R.8.51 while, but, on the other hand; oft followed by ततः or तथापि, Bg.2.26;12.9,11; अथ चेत् but if Bg.2. 33;18.58. -4 And, so also, likewise (समुच्चय); गणितमथ कलां वैशिकीम् Mk.1. मातृष्वसा मातुलानि श्वश्रूरथ पितृष्वसा । संपूज्या गुरुपत्नीवत् समास्ता गुरुभार्यया ॥ Ms.2.1.31; भीमो$थार्जुनः G.M. -5 Used in asking or introducing questions (प्रश्न) oft. with the interrogative word itself; अथ सा तत्रभवती किमाख्यम्य राजर्षेः पत्नी Ś.7; अर्थवान् खलु मे राजशब्दः । अथ भगवाँल्लोकानुग्रहाय कुशली काश्यपः Ś.5; अथ शक्नोषि भोक्तुम् G. M.; अथात्रभवति कथमित्थंभूता M.5; अथ केन प्रयुक्तो$यं पापं चरति पूरुषः । Bg.3.36; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; अथ माडव्यं प्रति किमेवं प्रयुक्तम् Ś.6 (अथ may in these two sentences mean 'but'). -6 Totality, entirety (कार्त्स्न्य); अथ धर्मं व्याख्यास्यामः G. M. we shall explain the whole धर्म (धर्म in all its details.) Śi;7.75. -7 Doubt, uncertainty (संशय, विकल्प); शब्दो नित्यो $थानित्यः G. M. The senses of अथ usually given by lexicographers are :-अथो$थ स्यातां समुच्चये । मङ्गले संशयारम्भा- धिकारानन्तरेषु च । अन्वादेशे प्रतिज्ञायां प्रश्नसाकल्ययोरपि ॥ Some of these senses are indentical with those in (1), while some are not in general use. -Comp. -अतः -अनन्तरम् now, therefore; अथा$तो धर्मजिज्ञासा Ms.1.1.1. -अपि moreover, and again &c. (= अथ in most cases); ˚च likewise, also. -किम् what else, yes, exactly so, quite so, certainly; सर्वथा अप्सरःसंभवैषा । अथ किम् Ś.1; अपि वृषलमनुरक्ताः प्रकृतयः अथ किम् Mu.1. -किमु how much more, so much more. -तु but, on the contrary. अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः । Ś.5.27. -वा 1 or (used like the English disjunctive conjunction 'or' and occupying the same place); व्यवहारं परिज्ञाय वध्यः पूज्यो$थवा भवेत् H.1.55; समस्तैरथवा पृथक् Ms.7.198; अथवा-अथवा either-or; वाथ is often used in the same sense with वा; कार्तिके वाथ चैत्रे वा Pt.3.38; साम्ना दानेन भेदेन समस्तैरथवा पृथक् । विजेतुं प्रयतेतारीन्न युद्धेन कदाचन ॥ Ms.7.182; अथापि वा also used in the same sense; एतदेव व्रतं कुर्यु- श्चान्द्रायणमथापि वा 11.117;8.287. -2 or rather, or why, or perhaps, is it not so (correcting or modifying a previous statement); why should there be any thought or hesitation about it, or it is no wonder; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् । अथवा कृतं सन्देहेन Ś.1.,1.16; गमिष्याम्युपहास्यताम्...अथवा कृतवाग्द्वारे वंशे$स्मिन् R.1.3-4; अथवा मृदु वस्तु हिंसितुम् R.8.45.; दीर्ये किं न सहस्रधाहमथवा रामेण किं दुष्करम् U.6.4; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकमथवा । विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1. |
| |
| adhruva | अध्रुव a. Uncertain, doubtful. -2 Unsteady, moving, not fixed or permanent; स्वाङ्गे$ध्रुवे P.III.4.54; separable (which can be severed or detached without fatal or disastrous effects) (येन विना न जीवनं सो$ध्रुवः Sk.) -वम् An uncertainty; यो ध्रुवाणि परित्यज्य अध्रुवाणि निषेवते । ध्रुवाणि तस्य नश्यन्ति अध्रुवं नष्टमेव च H.1.184. cf. the English phrase 'A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.' |
| |
| anārabhya | अनारभ्य a. Unfit to be commenced or undertaken. -ind. Without commencing; without reference to any particular thing e. g. ˚वादः 1 detached remark (upon sacrifices &c.); किञ्चित्कर्मारभ्य उद्यते उच्यते इत्यारभ्यवादः न आरभ्यवादः -2 A statement without any specific reference to any particular thing or act, न बानारभ्यवादात् । Ms.6. 6.3, A statement having no definite context. -Comp. -अधीत a. [न आसभ्य किञ्चिदधीतः] studied or taught or read without reference to any particular subject (not as part of a regular or authoritative work); learnt as a detached subject; येषां मन्त्राणां कर्मविशेषे विनियोगो नोक्तः तेषां मन्त्राणाम् अनारभ्याधीतत्वात् ब्रह्मयज्ञे एव विनियोग इति मीमांसा. |
| |
| anāśrita | अनाश्रित a. Not connected with, or dependent on, independent, detached; non-inherent. |
| |
| anusamayaḥ | अनुसमयः 1 Regular or proper connection, as of words. -2 Doing several details with reference to several things or persons. This can be done in more ways than one and hence we have three varieties of अनुसमय (a) पदार्थानुसमय i. e. doing one thing with reference to all, then doing the second in the same way and so on. (b) काण्डानुसमय i. e. doing the whole mass of details with reference to one thing first, then doing the same with the second and so on. This is also known as एकजातीयानुसमय. (c) समुदायानुसमय i. e. doing a group of details forming a composite whole (समुदाय) with reference to one, then doing it with reference to the second and so on. It may be noted that when several details are to be performed with reference to one thing or person, the details are in close proximity with the प्रधान and hence the problem of अङ्गप्रधानप्रत्यासत्ति does not arise in such cases. But when several things are to be performed with respect to several things or persons, this अङ्गप्रधानप्रत्यासत्ति can be achieved by following the पदार्थानुसमय, which, therefore, is to be preferred to the other two words. (This is known as the पदार्थानुसमयन्याय.) But when पदार्थानुसमय is found not practicable, the second mode i. e. the काण़्डानुसमय or एकजातीयानुसमय should be adopted, provided that among the details to be performed, there are none which together form a composite whole. (This is known as काण्डानुसमयन्याय.) If, however, there are among the details to be performed some details which form one or more composite wholes, they should be performed together with the first thing or person, then with the second, and so on. Thus in such cases the समुदायानुसमय should be adopted. (This is known as समुदायानुसमयन्याय.) |
| |
| apakarṣaḥ | अपकर्षः 1 (a) Drawing off or down; diminution, decrease, reduction; मदो$पकर्षात् Dk.16; loss, decay, decline, destruction; तेजो$पकर्षः Ve.1; deterioration, inferiority; उत्कर्षापकर्षविहीनो मध्यः Sk. (b) Dishonour, degradation, lowering (of esteem), infamy, disgrace (opp. उत्कर्ष in all senses); तपोबीजप्रभावैस्तु ते गच्छन्ति युगे युगे । उत्कर्षं चापकर्षं च मनुष्येष्विह जन्मतः ॥ Ms.1.42; मूल्यो- त्कर्ष˚ rise and fall in price, increase and decrease. -2 Anticipated performance of a duty, as of a Śrāddha, anticipation (of some detail or details at a विकृतियाग), i. e. performing them at an earlier stage. (see उत्कर्ष). -3 Anticipation of a word occurring later on (in gram., poetry or Mīmāṁsā &c.). -Comp. -समः a sort of fallacy; e. g. sound has not the quality of shape, as a jar, so sound and a jar have no qualities in common. |
| |
| abhakta | अभक्त a. 1 Not devoted or attached. -2 Nto connected with, detached. -3 Not worshipping. -4 Unaccepted. -5 Not eaten. -6 Not received as a share; यस्मै धायुरदधा मर्त्यायाभक्तम् Rv.3.3.7. -क्तम् Not food; ˚छन्दस्, ˚रुच् want of appetite. |
| |
| ayuta | अयुत a. 1 Disjoined, detached, not connected. -2 Uninterrupted, undisturbed. Av.19.51.1. -तम् Ten thousand, a myriad. सूर्याब्धिसंख्यया द्वित्रिसागरैरयुताहतैः Sūrya. शाखानामयुतम् -Comp. -अध्यापकः a good teacher. -ता, -जित् Name of a king (son of Sindhudvīpa and father of Ṛituparṇa) Bṛi. Up. N. of another king (son of Bhajamāna;) V. P. -नायिन् N. of a king in the Mb. -सिद्ध a. (in Vaiś. Phil.) proved to be inseparable and inherent. -सिद्धिः f. proof that certain things or notions are inseparable and inherent. -होम a kind of sacrifice. B. P. |
| |
| āśrayin | आश्रयिन् a. 1 Resting with, dependent on. -2 Related to, concerning; तदाश्रयिणी कथा V.3.1; K.213. -3 Resorting to; मयूरपृष्ठाश्रयिणा गुहेन R.6.4; Ratn.2. अहमेत्य पतङ्गवर्त्मना पुनरङ्काश्रयिणी भवामिते Ku.4.2. -आश्रयिन् m. A complementary detail. आश्रयिष्वविशेषेण भावो$र्थः प्रतीयेत । MS.4.1.18. |
| |
| āsaṅgatyam | आसङ्गत्यम् Detachment, disunion. Separation; Gīrvāṇa. |
| |
| ucchvāsita | उच्छ्वासित p. p. Breathless, out of breath. -2 Much, excessive. -3 Loosened, released. -4 Detached, separated, divided. -5 Consoled. |
| |
| utkarṣa | उत्कर्ष a. 1 Superior, eminent. -2 Much, abundant -3 Exaggerated, boastful. -4 Attractive. -र्षः 1 Pulling off or upwards, drawing or pulling up; चरणोत्कर्षै- र्दारयन्निव मेदिनीम् Rām.3.56.29. -2 Elevation, eminence, rise, prosperity; निनीषुः कुलमुत्कर्षम् Ms.4.244,9.24. -3 Increase, abundance, excess; पञ्चानामपि भूतानामुत्कर्षं पुपुषुर्गुणाः R.4.11. -4 Excellence, highest merit, glory; उत्कर्षः स च धन्विनां यदिषवः सिध्यन्ति लक्ष्ये चले Ś.2.5. -5 Selfconceit, boasting. -6 Joy, pleasure. -7 Postponement (of some detail or details at a विकृतियाग) i. e. performing them at a later stage; तदादि उत्कर्षे तदन्तमपकर्षे स्यात् ŚB. on MS.5.1.24. -Comp. -समः A kind of fallacy attributing similar qualities to two objects because they have one quality in common; e. g. affirming that a sound has a shape like a jar because both are perishable. |
| |
| utsūtra | उत्सूत्र a. [उत्क्रान्तः सूत्रम्] 1 Unstrung, loose, detached (from the string); ˚मणिभिः Śi.8.53. -2 Irregular. -3 Deviating from the rule (सूत्र) of Pāṇini; यो ह्युत्सूत्रं कथयेन्नादो गृह्येत Mbh. on P.I.1.1. अनुत्सूत्रपदन्यासा सद्वृत्तिः सन्निबन्धना Śi.2.112. |
| |
| unmardanam | उन्मर्दनम् A rubbing down of the sacrificer with sweet-smelling substances before sprinkling him with fat. cf. सर्वसुरभ्युन्मर्दनं भवति Śat. Br.12.8.3.16. and Sāyaṇa says उन्मर्दनं उद्वर्तनं भवति । (For details read Dr. Gode's paper on, 'Massage in Ancient and Medieval India', Annals of Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute XXXVI, parts I-II, pp. 85.113). |
| |
| uparudh | उपरुध् 7 U. 1 To obstruct, hinder, interrupt, stop; मा मोपरोत्सीरिति मा सृजैनम् Kaṭh. Up.1.21. उत्पक्ष्मणोर्नयनयोरुपरुद्धवृत्तिम् Ś.4.15. Ve.3.8; उपरुध्यते तपो$नुष्ठानम् Ś4; V.5; पण्यमुपरुन्धताम् Y.2.25; to detain; अन्याय्यमुपरोद्धुम् V.5; -2 (a) To disturb, trouble; पौरास्तपोवनमुपरुन्धन्ति Ś.1. (b) To press, trouble with a request; अभ्युत्सहे संप्रति नोपरोद्धुम् R.5.22. -3 To overcome, subdue; भेजे भिन्नकटैर्नागैरन्यानुपरुरोध यैः R.4.83. -4 To besiege (an enemy, town &c.); उपरुध्यारिमासीत Ms.7.195; Kām.13.67; उपरुद्धं कुसुमपुरम् Mu.2. -5 To lock up, pen, confine; व्रजोपरोधं गाः स्थापयति Sk. -6 To conceal, hide; नेत्रक्रमेणोपरुरोध सूर्यम् R.7.39. -7 To cast off, repudiate, reject; ज्येष्ठपुत्रमुपारुधत् Rām. |
| |
| upavarṇ | उपवर्ण् 1 P. To describe in detail; उपवर्णयेदानीं कुसुम- पुरवृत्तान्तम् Mu.1. |
| |
| upavarṇaḥ | उपवर्णः Minute or detailed description. |
| |
| upavarṇanam | उपवर्णनम् Minute description, delineation in detail; अतिशयोपवर्णनं व्याख्यानम् Suśr.; Y.1.32. |
| |
| lṝ | लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year. |
| |
| kaḍ | कड् I. 1 U. (कडति-ते, कडित) 1 To be proud. -2 To unhusk; cf. कण्ड्. -3 To be disturbed or confused. -II. 6 P. To eat, consume. -III. 1 U. 1 To protect. -2 To remove the chaff or husk of grain. -3 To break off a part, separate or detach, tear. |
| |
| kāṇḍaḥ | काण्डः ण्डम् 1 A section, a part in general. -2 The portion of a plant from one knot to another. काण्डात्काण्ड- त्प्ररोहन्ती Mahānār.4.3. -3 A stem, stock, branch; लीलोत्खातमृणालकाण्डकवलच्छेदे U.3.16; Amaru.95; Ms. 1.46,48, Māl.3.34. -4 Any division of a work, such as a chapter of a book; as the seven Kāṇḍas of the Rām. -5 A separate department or subject; e. g. कर्म˚ &c. -6 A cluster, bundle, multitude. -7 An arrow. मनो दृष्टिगतं कृत्वा ततः काण्डं विसर्जयेत् Dhanur.3; Mb.5.155.7. -8 A long bone, a bone of the arms or legs. -9 cane, reed. -1 A stick, staff. -11 Water. निवृत्ताः काण्डचित्राणि क्रियन्ते दाशबन्धुभिः Rām.2.89.18. -12 Opportunity, occasion. -13 Private place. -14 A kind of measure. -15 Praise, flattery. -16 A horse. -17 Vile, bad, sinful (at the end of comp. only). -ण्डी A little stock or stem; Rāj. T.7.117. -Comp. -अनुसमयः Performance of all the details with reference to one thing or person first, then doing them with reference to the second, and so on (see अनुसमय). -ऋषिः A class of sages including Jaimini. -कारः (-रिन्) a maker of arrows कुसीदवृत्तयः काण्डकारिणश्चाहि- तुण्डिकाः Śiva. B.31.22. (-रम्) the betel-nut. -गोचरः an iron arrow. -तिक्तः, -तिक्तकः N. of a tree (Mar. काडेचिराईत). -पटः, -पटकः a screen surrounding a tent, curtain (Mar. कनात); उत्क्षिप्तकाण्डपटकान्तरलीयमानः Śi.5.22; उल्लोचैः काण्डपटकैः अनेकैः पटमण्डपैः Śiva. B. 22.61. ततः स्वमेवागारमानीय काण्डपटपरिक्षिप्ते विविक्तोद्देशे Dk. 'अपटः काण्डपटी स्यात्' इति वैजयन्ती. -पातः an arrow's flight, range of an arrow. -पुष्पम् The कुन्द flower. -पृष्ठः 1 one of the military profession, a soldier; cf. काण्डस्पृष्टः. -2 the husband of a Vaiśya woman. -3 an adopted son, any other than one's own son. -4 (as a term of reproach) a base-born fellow, one who is faithless to his family, caste, religion, profession &c. In Mv.3 Jāmadagnya is styled by शतानन्द as काण्डपृष्ठ. (स्वकुलं पृष्ठतः कृत्वा यो वै परकुलं व्रजेत् । तेन दुश्चरितेनासौ काण्डपृष्ठ इति स्मृतः ॥). -ष्ठम् the bow of Karṇa & Kāma. -भङ्गः, -भग्नम् a fracture of the bone or limbs. -वीणा the lute of a Chāṇḍāla. -सन्धिः a knot, joint (as of a plant). -स्पृष्टः one who lives by arms, a warrior, soldier. -हीनम् a kind of grass. |
| |
| kaivalyam | कैवल्यम् [केवलस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Perfect isolation, soleness, exclusiveness. -2 Individuality; Bhāg.5.3.17. -3 Detachment of the soul from matter, identification with the supreme spirit. -4 Final emancipation or beatitude; Bhāg.1.8.27. -5 Everlasting disappearance of the three pains; कैवल्यं माध्यस्थ्यम् Sā&ndot. K.19.; कैवल्यार्थं प्रवृत्तेश्च ibid. 17. |
| |
| guṇaḥ | गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food). |
| |
| tadātvam | तदात्वम् The time being, present time; आयत्यां च तदात्वे च Mb.12.16.6. तदादितदन्तन्यायः tadāditadantanyāyḥ तदादितदन्तन्यायः The rule according to which when an उत्कर्ष of a detail is laid down what is meant is that one should have उत्कर्ष not of that particular detail alone but of all the details beginning with that detail. In the case of अपकर्ष, however, there will be अपकर्ष not of that particular detail alone, but of all the details ending with it; तदादि उत्कर्षे तदन्तमपकर्षे गम्येत । SB. on MS.5.1.24. |
| |
| tantram | तन्त्रम् 1 A loom; तदा$पश्यत् स्त्रियौ तन्त्रे अधिरोप्य सुवेमे पटं वयन्त्यौ Mb.1.3.144. -2 A thread. -3 The warp or threads extended lengthwise in a loom; सिरीस्तन्त्रं तन्वते अप्रजज्ञयः Rv.1.71.9. -4 Posterity. -5 An uninterrupted series. -6 The regular order of ceremonies and rites, system, framework, ritual; कर्मणां युगपद्भावस्तन्त्र Kāty.; अशक्यं हि उत्तरं तन्त्रं कर्तुम् । ŚB. on MS.1.2.57. -7 Main point; प्रकर्षतन्त्रा हि रणे जयश्रीः Ki.3.17. -8 Principal doctrine, rule, theory, science; विधिनोपचरेद्देवं तन्त्रोक्तेन च केशवम् Bhāg. 11.3.47; जितमनसिजतन्त्रविचारम् Gīt.2. -9 Subservience, dependence; as in स्वतन्त्र, परतन्त्र; दैवतन्त्रं दुःखम् Dk.5. -1 A scientific work. -11 a chapter, section, as of a work; तन्त्रैः पञ्चभिरेतच्चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -12 A religious treatise teaching magical and mystical formularies for the worship of the deities or the attainment of superhuman power; Ks.23.63; Bṛi. S.16.19. -13 The cause of more than one effect. -14 A spell. -15 A chief remedy of charm; जानन्ति तन्त्रयुक्तिम् Ms.2.1. -16 A drug, medicament. -17 An oath, ordeal. -18 Raiment. -19 The right way of doing anything. -2 Royal retinue, train, court. -21 A realm, country, authority. -22 (a) Government, ruling, administration; लोकतन्त्रविधानम् Mb.3.162.1;13.63.5; लोकतन्त्राधिकारः Ś.5. (b) Arrangement or machinery of government; सर्वमेव तन्त्रमाकुली- भूतम् Mu.1;2.1. -23 An army; पराजिताः फल्गुतन्त्रैः Bhāg.1.54.15. -24 A heap, multitude. -25 A house. -26 Decoration. -27 Wealth. -28 Happiness. -29 Model. -3 Supporting a family; Mv.2.17. -31 Providing for the security and prosperity of a kingdom; Mb.1.13. 26. -32 A group of acts or subsidiaries common to several प्रधानकर्मs or things; यत् सकृत्कृतं बहूनामुपकरोति तत् तन्त्रमित्युच्यते । तथा बहूनां ब्राह्मणानां मध्ये कृतः प्रदीपः ŚB. on MS.11.1.1; तन्त्रं साधारणो धर्मग्रामः । ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. (Opp. आवापः) -33 The order of the world; यतः प्रवर्तते तन्त्रं यत्र च प्रतितिष्ठति Mb.14.2.14. -34 A detail (matter or thing) which is subservient to (i. e. serves the purpose of) several things simultaneously; साधारणं भवेत् तन्त्रम् ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. -Comp. -काण्ठम् = तन्तु- काष्ठ q. v. -ज्ञः an expert, scientist; Bhāg.1.36.28. -भावः Simultaneity; यथा एकैकस्य सत्त्वस्य हस्तिनो$श्वस्य वा दर्शनमेकैकेन कृत्स्नमभिनिर्वर्त्यते एवमेव सत्रे तन्त्रभावो भवेत् । ŚB. on. MS.6.2.2. -युक्तिः The plan of a treatise; Kau. A. 15. -वापः, -पम् 1 weaving. -2 a loom. -वायः 1 a spider. -2 a weaver; (तन्त्रवापः also). |
| |
| daṇḍaḥ | दण्डः ण्डम् [दण्ड्-अच्] 1 A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; पततु शिरस्यकाण्डयमदण्ड इवैष भूजः Māl.5.31; काष्ठदण्डः. -2 The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; आत्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -3 The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf Ms.2.45-48. -4 The staff of a संन्यासिन् or ascetic. -5 The trunk of an elephant. -6 The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; the handle as of an umbrella; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः &c. Dk.1 (opening verse); राज्यं स्वहस्तधृतदण्डमिवातपत्रम् Ś.5.6; Ku.7.89; so कमल- दण्ड &c. -7 The oar of a boat. -8 An arm or leg (at the end of comp.) -9 The staff or pole of a banner, a tent &c. -1 The beam of a plough. -11 The cross-bar of a lute or a stringed instrument. -12 The stick with which an instrument is played. -13 A churning-stick. -14 Fine; Ms.8.341;9.229; Y.2.237. -15 Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; एवं राजापथ्यकारिषु ती- क्ष्णदण्डो राजा Mu.1; दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; कृतदण्ड स्वयं राज्ञा लेभे शूद्रः सतां गतिम् R.15.23. यथार्हदण्डो (राजा) पूज्यः Kau. A.1.4; सुविज्ञातप्रणीतो हि दण्डः प्रजां धर्मार्थकामै- र्योजयति Kau. A.1.4 -16 Imprisonment. -17 Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expedients; see उपाय; सामादीनामुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः । साम- दण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभिवृद्धये ॥ Ms.7.19; cf. Śi.2.54. -18 An army; तस्य दण्डवतो दण्डः स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17. 62; Ms.7.65;9.294; Ki.2.15. -19 A form of military array; Mb.12.59.4. -2 Subjection, control, restraint; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -21 A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas; Bṛi. S.24.9. -22 The penis. -23 Pride; या चापि न्यस्तदण्डानां तां गतिं व्रज पुत्रक Mb. 7.78.25. -24 The body. -25 An epithet of Yama. -26 N. of Viṣṇu. -27 N. of Śiva. -28 An attendant on the sun. -29 A horse (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses). -3 A particular appearance in the sky (similar to a stick). -31 An uninterrupted row or series, a line. -32 Standing upright or erect. -33 A corner, an angle. -34 The Science of Govt. विनयमूलो दण्डः, दण्डमूलास्तिस्त्रो विद्याः Kau. A.1.5. -35 Harm, injury; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः Bhāg.7. 15.8. -Comp. -अजिनम् 1 staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion). -2 (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit. -अधिपः a chief magistrate. -अनीकम् a detachment or division of an army; तव हृतवतो दण्डानीकैर्विदर्भपतेः श्रियम् M.5.2. -अप (व) तानकः tetanus, lock-jaw. -अपूपन्यायः see under न्याय. -अर्ह a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment. -अलसिका cholera. -आख्यम् a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east; Bṛi. S.53. 39. -आघातः a blow with a stick; पूर्वप्रविष्ठान्क्रोधात्तान्दण्डा- घातैरताडयन् Ks.54.23. -आज्ञा judicial sentence. -आश्रमः the condition of a pilgrim. -आश्रमिन् m. a devotee, an ascetic. -आसनम्, दण्डकासनम् lying prostrate on the ground, a kind of Āsana; Yoga S.2.46. -आहतम् buttermilk. -उद्यमः 1 threatening. -2 (pl.) application of power; निःसाराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -कर्मन् n. infliction of punishment, chastisement; देशकालवयःशक्ति संचिन्त्यं दण्डकर्मणि Y.2.275. -कलितम् repetition like a measuring rod, i. e. doing a matter after it is done in full first and then repeating it like that a second time and so on; आवृत्तिन्यायानां दण्ड- कलितं न्याय्यम् । ŚB. on MS.1.5.83; ˚वत् ind. in the manner of a measuring rod. -कल्पः Infliction of punishment; शुद्धचित्रश्च दण्डकल्पः Kau. A.4. -काकः a raven. -काण्ठम् a wooden club or staff; दण्डकाष्ठमवलम्ब्य स्थितः Ś2. -ग्रहणम् assumption of the staff of an ascetic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant. -घ्न a. striking with a stick, committing an assault; Ms.8.386. -चक्रः a division of an army. -छदनम् a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept. -ढक्का a kind of drum. -दासः one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt; Ms.8.415. -देवकुलम् a court of justice. -धर, -धार a. 1 carrying a staff, staffbearer. -2 punishing, chastising; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -3 exercising judicial authority. (-रः) 1 a king; श्रमनुदं मनुदण्डधरान्वयम् R.9.3; बलीयानबलं ग्रसते दण्डधराभावे Kau. A.1.4. -2 N. of Yama; यमो निहन्ता... ...दण्डधरश्च कालः -3 a judge, supreme magistrate. -4 a mendicant carrying a staff. -5 a potter. -6 a general (of an army;) Dk.2. -धारणम् 1 carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin). -2 following the order of a mendicant. -3 infliction of punishment. -नायकः 1 a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate. -2 the leader of an army, a general. -3 a king. ˚पुरुषः a policeman, constable. -निधानम् pardoning, indulgence; Mb.12. -निपातनम् punishing, chastising. -नीतिः f. 1 administration of justice, judicature. -2 the system of civil and military administration, the science of politics, polity; Ms.7.43; Y.1.311; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्ड- नीतेः R.18.46; जरातुरः संप्रति दण्डनीत्या सर्वं नृपस्यानुकरोमि वृत्तम् Nāg.4.1. -3 an epithet of Durgā. -नेतृ m. 1 a king. -2 Yama; गृध्रा रुषा मम कृषन्त्यधिदण्डनेतुः Bhāg.3.16. 1. -3 a judge; Ms.12.1; Bhāg.4.22.45. -पः a king. -पांशुलः a porter, door-keeper. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Yama; करोमि चिकित्सां दण्डपाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7. -2 N. of the god Śiva at Benares. -3 a policeman; इति पश्चात्प्रविष्टास्ते पुरुषा दण्डपाणयः Ks.54.23. -पातः 1 falling of a stick. -2 infliction of punishment. -3 dropping one line in a manuscript. -पातनम् infliction of punishment, chastisement. -पारुष्यम् 1 assault, violence. -2 hard or cruel infliction of punishment; अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि दण्डपारुष्यनिर्णयम् Ms.8.278. -पालः, -पालकः 1 a head magistrate. -2 a door-keeper, porter. Kau. A.1.12. -3 Ns. of two kinds of fishes; L. D. B. -पाशकः, -पाशिकः 1 a head police-officer; Pt.2; उच्यता- मस्मद्वचनात्कालपाशिको दण्डपाशिकश्च Mu.1.2-21. -2 a hangman, an executioner. -पोणम् a strainer furnished with a handle. -प्रणामः 1 bowing by prostrating the body at full length (keeping it erect like a stick). cf. साष्टाङ्गनमस्कार. -2 falling flat or prostrate on the ground. -बालधिः an elephant. -भङ्गः non-execution of a sentence. -भृत् m. 1 a potter. -2 an epithet of Yama. -माण (न)वः 1 a staff-bearer -2 an ascetic bearing a staff; Rām.2.32.18. -3 a chief or leader. -माथः a principal road, highway. -मुखः a leader, general of an army. -यात्रा 1 a solemn procession (particularly bridal). -2 warlike expedition, conquest (of a region). -यामः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 of Agastya. -3 a day. -लेशम् a small fine; Ms.8.51. -वधः capital punishment. -वाचिक a. actual or verbal (assault); Ms.8.6; cf. वाक्-पारुष्यम्. -वादिन् a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also -m.). -वारित a. forbidden by threat of punishment. -वासिकः a door-keeper, warder. -वासिन् m. 1 a door-keeper. -2 a magistrate. -वाहिन् m. a police-officer. -विकल्पः discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine; Ms.9.228. -विधिः 1 rule of punishment; see दण्डोद्यमः -2 criminal law. -विष्कम्भः the post to which the string of a churning-stick is fastened. -व्यूहः a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns; Ms.7.187. -शास्त्रम् the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law. -हस्तः 1 a door-keeper, warder, porter. -2 an epithet of Yama. |
| |
| dalaḥ | दलः लम् [दल्-अच्] 1 (a) A piece, portion, part, fragment; वापीष्वन्तर्लीनमहानीलदलासु Śi.4.44. (b) A piece torn or split off. (c) Tearing, cutting. -2 A degree. -3 A half, the half. -4 A sheath, scabbard. -5 A small shoot or blade, a petal, leaf; ताम्बूलीनां दलैस्तत्र रचितापानभूमयः R.4.42; Ś.3.2,21. -6 The blade of any weapon. -7 A clump, heap, quantity. -8 A detachment, a body of troops. -9 Alloy or adulteration. -Comp. -आढकः 1 foam. -2 a cuttle-fish bone. -3 a ditch, moat. -4 a hurricane, high wind. -5 red chalk. -6 wild sesamum. -7 the Kunda creeper. -8 a Sūdra. -9 the headman of a village. -1 an elephant's ear. -आढ्यम् mud on the banks of a river. -उदर a. having a tapering (leaf-like) belly; पूररेचकसंविग्नवलि- वल्गुदलोदरम् Bhāg.4.24.51. -कपाटः a folded leaf. -कोमलम् a lotus. -कोषः the Kunda creeper. -निर्मोकः the Bhūrja tree. -पुष्पा the Ketaka plant. -सूचिः, -ची f. a thorn. -स्नसा the fibre or vein of a leaf. |
| |
| dvaidhībhāvaḥ | द्वैधीभावः 1 Duality, double state or nature. -2 Separation into two, difference, diversity. -3 Doubt, uncertainty, vacillation, suspense; धृतद्वैधीभावकातरं मे मनः Ś.1. -4 A dilemma. -5 One of the six Guṇas or modes of foreign policy. (According to some authorities it means 'double dealing', or 'duplicity' 'keeping apparently friendly relations with the enemy'; द्वैधी- भाविकाः सन्धिविग्रहाः Kau. A.7; बलिनोर्द्विषतोर्मध्ये वाचात्मानं समर्पयन् । द्वैधीभावेन तिष्ठेत्तु काकाक्षिवदलक्षितः ॥ According to others it means 'dividing one's army and encountering a superior enemy in detachments', 'harassing the enemy by attacking them in small bands'; द्वैधीभावः स्वबलस्य द्विधाकरणम् Mitā. on Y.1.347; cf. also Ms.7. 173. and 16.) -6 A contest, dispute. -7 Falsehood, duplicity. |
| |
| dhṛ | धृ I. 6 Ā. (Supposed by some to be a passive form of धृ); (ध्रियते, धृत) 1 To be or exist, live, continue to live, survive; आर्यपुत्र ध्रिये एषा ध्रिये U.3; ध्रियते यावदेको$पि रिपु- स्तावत्कुतः सुखम् Śi.2.35;15.89; नष्टा शरीरैः क्रतुभिर्धरन्ते Pt.1. -2 To be maintained or preserved, remain, continue; सुरतश्रमसंभृतो मुखे ध्रियते स्वेदलवोद्गमो$पि ते R.8.51; Ku.4.18. -3 To resolve upon. -II. 1. P., 1 U. (धरति, usually धारयति-ते, धृत, धारित) 1 To hold, bear, carry; भुजङ्गमपि कोपितं शिरसि पुष्पवद्धारयेत् Bh.2.4; वैणवीं धारयेद्यष्टिं सोदकं च कमण्डलुम् Ms.4.36; Bk.17.54; V.4.36. -2 To hold or bear up, maintain, support, sustain; अभिनवजलधरसुन्दर धृतमन्दर...... Gīt.1.2.7; यथा सर्वाणि भूतानि धरा धारयते समम् Ms.9.311; Pt.1.126; प्रातःकुन्दप्रसवशिथिलं जीवितं धारयेथाः Me.115; चिरमात्मना धृताम् R.3.35; U.3.29. -3 To hold in one's possession, possess, have, keep; या संस्कृता धार्यते Bh.2.19. -4 To assume, take (as a form, disguise &c.); केशव धृतसूकररूप Gīt.1.1.4; धारयति कोकनदरूपम् 1.4. -5 To wear, put on, use (clothes, ornaments &c.); श्रितकमलाकुचमण्डल धृत- कुण्डल ए Gīt.1.2.1. -6 To hold in check, curb, restrain, stop, detain; त्वया हि धर्मो विधृतः कृत्स्नं धारयते जगत् Mb.1. 63.5; दधार द्रोणमायान्तं वेलेव सरितां पतिम् Mb.7.16.21. -7 To fix upon, direct towards; (with dat. or loc.) ब्राह्मण्ये धृतमानसः, मनो दध्रे राजसूयाय &c. -8 To suffer, undergo. -9 To assign anything to any person, allot, assign. -1 To owe anything to a person (with dat.; rarely gen. of person, 1 only in this sense); वृक्षसेचने द्वे धारयसि मे Ś.1; तस्मै तस्य वा धनं धारयति &c. -11 To hold, contain. -12 To observe, practise. -13 To cite, quote. -14 To keep, retain (in one's service). -15 To preserve, maintain. -16 To seize, lay hold of. -17 To hold out or on, endure. -18 To fix, place, deposit. -19 To intend in mind; स यद्यदेवासृजत तत्तदत्तुमध्रियत Bṛi. Up.1.2.5. (The senses of this root may be variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. मनसा धृ to bear in mind, remember; शिरसा, मूर्ध्नि धृ to bear on the head, respect highly; अन्तरे धृ to pledge, deposit anything as surety; समये धृ to bring to terms or agreement; दण्डं धृ to punish, chastise, use force; जीवितम्, प्राणान्, गात्रम्, शरीरम्, देहम् &c. धृ to continue to live, maintain the soul &c.; preserve the vital spirits; व्रतं धृ to observe a vow; इत्थं व्रतं धारयतः प्रजार्थम् R.2.25; तुलया धृ to hold in a balance, weigh &c.; मनः, मतिम्, चित्तम्, बुद्धिम् धृ to bend the mind to a thing, fix the mind upon, think of, resolve upon; गर्भं धृ to become pregnant, conceive; धारणां धृ to practise concentration or selfcontrol &c.) |
| |
| niḥsaṃga | निःसंग a. 1 Unobstructed, free; निःसंगं प्रधिभिरुपाददे विवृत्तिः Ki.7.12. -2 Unconnected, detached. -3 Selfless, disinterested; भर्तुर्ये प्रलये$पि पूर्वसुकृतासङ्गेन निःसंगया भक्त्या कार्यधुरं वहन्ति Mu.1.14. -गः Absense of attachment, entire concentration. |
| |
| nis | निस् ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it implies separation (away from, outside of), certainty, completeness or fulness, enjoyment, crossing over, transgressing &c.; (for examples see under (निर्). -2 As a prefix to nouns, not directly derived from verbs, it forms nouns or adjectives, and has the sense of (a) 'out of', 'away from'; as in निर्वन, निष्कौशाम्बि; or (b) more usually, 'not', 'without', 'devoid of' (having a privative force); निःशेष 'without a remainder'; निष्फल, निर्जल, &c. N. B. In compound the स् of निस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants (see निर्), to a visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्; cf. दुस्. -Comp. -कण्टक (निष्कण्टक) a. 1 thornless. -2 free from thorns or enemies, free from danger or nuisance. (-कः) N. of Śiva. -कन्द (निष्कन्द) a. without edible roots. -कपट (निष्कपट) a. guileless, sincere. -कम्प (निष्कम्प) a. motionless, steady, immovable; निष्कम्पचामरशिखाः Ś.1.8; Ku.3.48. -करुण (निष्करुण) a. merciless, pitiless, cruel. -करूष (निष्क रूष) a. free from dirt. -कर्मन् (निष्कर्मन्) a. inactive. -कल (निष्कल) a. 1 without parts, undivided, whole. -2 waned, decayed, diminished. -3 impotent, barren. -4 maimed. -5 inarticulate (a musical term); N.21.16. -6 Without attributes, or qualities; निष्कलं निष्क्रियं शान्तं निरवद्यं निरञ्जनम् Śvet. Up; Bhāg.1.9.44; तद् ब्रह्म निष्कलमहं (स्मरामि). -(लः) 1 a receptacle. -2 the pudendum muliebre. -3 N. of Brahmā. (-ला, -ली) an elderly woman, one who is past child-bearing, or one in whom menstruation has ceased. -कलङ्क, (निष्कलङ्क) -कल्मष a. stainless, spotless. -कषाय (निष्कषाय) a. free from dirt or impure passions. -कान्त (निष्कान्त) a. not lovely, ugly. -काम (निष्काम) a. 1 free from wish or desire, desireless, disinterested, unselfish. -2 free from all worldly desires; विशिष्टफलदाः पुंसां निष्कामाणां विमुक्तिदाः Viṣṇu. P. (-मम् ind.) 1 without wish or desire. -2 unwillingly. -कारण (निष्कारण) a. 1 causeless, unnecessary. -2 disinterested, free from any motive; निष्कारणो बन्धुः. -3 groundless, not proceeding from any cause. (-णम् ind.) without any cause or reason, causelessly, needlessly. -कालकः (निष्कालकः) a penitent shaven and smeared with clarified butter. -कालिक (निष्कालिक) a. 1 one whose term of life is over or elapsed, whose days are numbered. -2 one who has no conqueror, invincible (अजय्य). -किञ्चन (निष्किञ्चन) a. penniless, poor, indigent; प्रज्ञानं शौचमेवात्र शरीरस्य विशेषतः । तथा निष्कि- ञ्चनत्वं च मनसश्च प्रसन्नता ॥ Mb. -किल्विष (निष्किल्विष) a. sinless, faultless. -कुल (निष्कुल) a. having no kindred, left alone in the world. (निष्कुलं कृ 'to cut off completely, exterminate'; निष्कुला कृ 1 to exterminate one's family -2 to shell, strip off the husk; निष्कुलाकरोति दाडिमम् Sk.; N.22.15.) -कुलीन (निष्कुलीन) a. of low family. -कूज (निष्कूज) a. still, silent; U.2.16. -कूट (निष्कूट) a. pitiless, merciless, cruel. -कैवल्य (निष्कैवल्य) a. 1 mere, pure, absolute. -2 deprived of final beatitude (मोक्षहीन). -कोश (निष्कोश) a. unsheathed. -कौशाम्बि (निष्कौशाम्बि) a. who has gone out of Kauśāmbī. -क्रिय (निष्क्रिय) a. 1 inactive. -2 not performing ceremonial rites; Ms.1.58. -3 knowing higher knowledge as a sage, Saṁnyāsin; न्यासे कुटीचकः पूर्वं बह्वोदो हंस- निष्क्रियौ Bhāg.3.12.43. -यम् the Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्म). -क्षत्र (निःक्षत्र), -क्षत्रिय (निःक्षत्रिय) a. destitute of the military tribe. -क्षेपः (निःक्षेपः) = निक्षेप q. v. -चक्रम् (निश्चक्रम्) ind. completely; निश्चक्रं हतराक्षसः पुनरगाद्ब्रह्मत्व- माद्यं स्थिराम् A. Rām.1.1.1. -चक्रिक (निश्चक्रिक) a. without tricks, honest. -चक्षुस् (निश्चक्षुस्) a. blind, eyeless. -चत्वारिंशः (निश्चत्वारिंश) a. past forty. -चिन्त (निश्चिन्त) a. 1 free from anxiety, unconcerned, secure. -2 thoughtless, unthinking. -चेतन (निश्चेतन) a. unconscious. -चेतस् (निश्चेतस्) a. not in one's right senses, mad. -चेष्ट (निश्चेष्ट) a. motionless, powerless. -चेष्टाकरण (निश्चेष्टाकरण) a. depriving (one) of motion, causing motionlessness (said of one the arrows of Cuhid). -छन्दस् (निश्छन्दस्) a. not studying the Vedas (छन्दस्) Ms.3,7. -छिद्र (निश्छिद्र) a. 1 without holes. -2 without defects or weak points. -3 uninterrupted, unhurt. -तन्तु a. 1 having no offspring, childless. -2 a Brahmachārin; मुण्डा निस्तन्तवश्चापि वस- त्यर्थार्थिनः पृथक् Mb.12.167.16. -तन्द्र, -तन्द्रि a. not lazy, fresh, healthy. -तमस्क -तिमिर a. 1 free from darkness, bright; तस्य द्वितीयहरिविक्रमनिस्तमस्कं वायोरिमं परि- वहस्य वदन्ति मार्गम् Ś.7.6. -2 freed from sin or moral impurities. -तर्क्य a. unimaginable, inconceivable. -तल a. 1 round, globular; मुक्ताकलापस्य च निस्तलस्य Ku.1.42. Kau. A.2.9. -2 moving, trembling, shaking. -3 bottomless. -4 down, below. (-ला) a pill, round ball. -तुल a. matchless, incomparable. -तुष a. 1 freed from chaff. -2 purified, cleansed. -3 simplified. ˚क्षीरः wheat. ˚रत्नम् a crystal. -4 faultless, pure; शशंस गुणैररीणैरुदयास्तनिस्तुषम् N.15.8. -तुषत्वम् faultlessness; कवेः पुष्यति निस्तुषत्वम् Maṅkhaka.2.7. -तुषित a. 1 husked. -2 made thin. -3 abandoned. -तेजस् a. destitute of fire, heat or energy, powerless, impotent; न भेतव्यं भृशं चैते मात्रा निस्ते- जसः कृताः Mārk. P. -2 spiritless, dull. -3 obscure. -त्रप a. impudent, shameless. -त्रिंश a. 1 more than thirty; निस्त्रिंशानि वर्षाणि चैत्रस्य P.V.4.73; Sk. -2 pitiless, merciless, cruel; हे निस्त्रिंश विमुक्तकण्ठकरुणं तावत् सखी रोदितु Amaru.6. (-शः) a sword; निजध्नुः शरनिस्त्रिंशकुन्ततोमरशक्तिभिः Śiva B.3.19; शूरौर्निस्त्रिंशपाणिभिः Parnāl 1.5. ˚भृत् m. a sword-bearer. -त्रैगुण्य a. destitute of the three qualities (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); निस्त्रैगुण्यो भवार्जुन Bg.2.45. -पक्व (निष्पक्व) well cooked, boiled. -पङ्क (निष्पङ्क) a. free from mud, clear, pure. -पताक (निष्पताक) a. having no flag or banner. -पतिसुता (निष्पतिसुता) a woman having no husband and no sons. -पत्र (निष्पत्र) a. 1 leafless. -2 unfeathered, featherless. [निष्पत्राकृ 'to pierce with an arrow so that the feathers come through on the other side'; to cause excessive bodily pain (fig.); निष्पत्राकरोति मृगं व्याधः (सपुङ्खस्य शरस्य अपर- पार्श्वे निर्गमनान्निष्पत्रं करोति Sk.); एकश्च मृगः सपत्राकृतो$न्यश्च निष्पत्राकृतो$पतत् Dk.165; so यान्ती गुरुजनैः साकं स्मयमानानना- म्बुजा । तिर्यग्ग्रीवं यदद्राक्षीत्तन्निष्पत्राकरोज्जगत् Bv.2.132.] -पथ्य (निष्पथ्य) a. unwell, ill -पद (निष्पद) a. having no foot. (-दम्) a vehicle moving without feet (as a ship). -पराक्रम (निष्पराक्रम) a. weak, powerless. -परामर्श (निष्परामर्श) a. without advice, helpless; M.4.2/3 -परिकर (निष्परिकर) a. without preparations. -परिग्रह (निष्परिग्रह) a. having no property or possessions; Mu.2. (-हः) an ascetic without family, dependents, or other belongings. -परिच्छद (निष्परिच्छद) a. having no retinue or train. -परिदाह (निष्परिदाह) a. incombustible. -परिहार्य (निष्परिहार्य) a. To be applied by all means. -परीक्ष (निष्परीक्ष) a. not examining or testing accurately. -परीहार (निष्परीहार) a. 1 not avoiding. -2 not observing caution. -परुष (निष्परुष) a. (in music) soft. -पर्यन्त (निष्पर्यन्त), -पार (निष्पार) a. boundless, unbounded. -पर्याय (निष्पर्याय) a. out of order. -पाप (निष्पाप) sinless, guiltless, pure. -पुत्र (निष्पुत्र) a. sonless, childless. -पुराण (निष्पुराण) a. not existing before, unheard of, new. -पुरुष (निष्पुरुष) 1 unpeopled, tenantless, desolate. -2 without male issue; Ms.3.7. -2 not male, feminine, neuter. -षः 1 a eunuch. -2 a coward. -पुलाक (निष्पुलाक) a. freed from chaff. -पौरुष (निष्पौरुष) a. unmanly. -प्रकम्प (निष्प्रकम्प) a. steady, immovable, motionless. -प्रकारक (निष्प्रकारक) 1 a. without ditinction of species, without specification, absolute. -2 without the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, see निर्विकल्प (7); निष्प्रकारकं ज्ञानं निर्विकल्पकम् T. S. -प्रकाश (निष्प्रकाश) a. not transparent, not clear, dark. -प्रचार (निष्प्रचार) a. 1 not moving away, remaining in one place. -2 concentrated, intently fixed; निष्प्रचारेण मनसा परं तदधिगच्छति Mb.12.215.17. -प्रज्ञ (निष्प्रज्ञ) a. ignorant, stupid. -प्रणय (निष्प्रणय) a. cold. -प्रताप (निष्प्रताप) a. destitute of glory, mean, base; शङ्क- नीया हि सर्वत्र निष्प्रतापा दरिद्रता Pt.2.94. -प्रति(ती)कार (निष्प्रति(ती)कार), -प्रतिक्रिय (निष्प्रतिक्रिय) a. 1 incurable, irremediable; सर्वथा निष्प्रतीकारेयमापदुपस्थिता K. 151. -2 unobstructed, uninterrupted. (-रम्) ind. uninterruptedly. -प्रतिग्रह (निष्प्रतिग्रह) a. not accepting gifts. -प्रतिघ (निष्प्रतिघ) a. unhindered, unobstructed, unimpeded; स हि निष्प्रतिघेन चक्षुषा त्रितयं ज्ञानमयेन पश्यति R.8.78. -प्रतिद्वन्द्व (निष्प्रतिद्वन्द्व) a. without enemies, unopposed. -2 matchless, unrivalled, unequal- led. -प्रतिभ (निष्प्रतिभ) a. 1 devoid of splendour. -2 having no intelligence, not ready-witted, dull, stupid. -3 apathetic. -प्रतिभान (निष्प्रतिभान) a. cowardly, timid. -प्रतीप (निष्प्रतीप) a. 1 looking straightforward, not turned backwards. -2 unconcerned (as a look). -प्रत्याश (निष्प्रत्याश) a. hopeless, despondent. -प्रत्यूह (निष्प्रत्यूह) a. unobstructed, unimpeded; निष्प्रत्यूहाः प्रियसखि यदा दुःसहाः संबभूवुः Māl.9.45; निष्प्र- त्यूहमुपास्महे भगवतः कौमोदकीलक्ष्मणः Murārināṭakam. -प्रपञ्च (निष्प्रपञ्च) a. 1 without extension. -2 without deceit, honest. -प्रभ (निःप्रभ or -निष्प्रभ) a. 1 lustreless, pale-looking; निष्प्रभश्च रिपुरास भूभृताम् R.11.81. -2 powerless. 3 gloomy, obscure, dim, dark. -प्रमाणक (निष्प्रमाणक) a. without authority. -प्रयत्न (निष्प्र- यत्न) a. inactive, dull. -प्रयोजन (निष्प्रयोजन) a. 1 without motive, not influenced by any motive. -2 causeless, groundless, -3 useless. -4 needless, unnecessary. (-नम्) ind. causelessly, without reason, without any object; Mu.3. -प्रवणि, प्रवाण, प्रवाणि (निष्प्रवणि, -ष्प्रवाण, -ष्प्रवाणि) a. fresh from loom, quite new (cloth, &c.) -प्राण (निष्पाण) a. 1 lifeless, dead. -2 Weak (निर्बल); निष्प्राणो नामिहन्तव्यः Mb.12.95.12. -फल (निष्फल) a. 1 bearing no fruit, fruitless (fig. also), unsuccessful, futile; निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56. -2 useless, profitless, vain; Ku.4.13. -3 barren (as a tree). -4 meaningless (as a word). -5 seedless, impotent. (-ला, -ली) a woman past child-bearing. -फेन (निष्फेन) a. foamless. n. opium. -शङ्क (निःशङ्क) a. free from fear or risk, secure, fearless. (-निःशङ्कः) (in music) a kind of dance. -f. (निःशङ्का) absence of fear. -ind. fearlessly, securely, easily. -शब्द (निःशब्द) a. not expressed in words, inaudible; निःशब्दं रोदितुमारेभे K.135. (-ब्दः, ब्दम्) silence, a calm. -शमः (निःशमः) uneasiness, anxiety. -शरण a. (-निःशरण) helpless, forlorn. -शर्कर (-निःशर्कर) a. free from pebbles (as a bathing place). -शलाक (निःशलाक) a. lonely, solitary, retired. (-कम्) a retired place, solitude; अरण्ये निःशलाके वा मन्त्रयेदविभावितः Ms.7.147. -शल्य a. 1 free from arrows. -2 free from thorns or darts. -शूक (निःशूक) a. merciless, cruel. (-कः) beardless rice. -शेष (निःशेष) a. without remainder (either finished or passed away). -शोध्य (निःशोध्य) a. washed, pure, clean. -श्रीकः a. 1 deprived of lustre, beauty. -2 unhappy. -श्रेयस a. the best, most excellent. (-सः) an epithet of Śiva. (-सम्) final beatitude, absolution; यः करोति वधोदर्का निःश्रेयसकरीः क्रियाः Ki.11.19; see निःश्रेयस also. -2 devotion, faith, belief. -3 apprehension, conception. -4 happiness (in general), welfare; इदं निःश्रेयसं परम् Ms. 1.16. -संशय (निःसंशय) a. 1 undoubted, certain. -2 not doubtful, not suspecting or doubting; कुरु निः- संशयं वत्से स्ववृत्ते लोकमित्यशात् R.15.79. (-यम्) ind. doubtlessly, undoubtedly, surely, certainly. -संस्कार (निःसंस्कार) a. uneducated, ill-mannered. -संख्य (निःसंख्य) a. innumerable. -संग (निःसंग) a. 1 not attached or devoted to, regardless of, indifferent to; यन्निःसंगस्त्वं फलस्यानतेभ्यः Ki.18.24. -2 one who has renounced all worldly attachments; भर्तुर्ये प्रलये$पि पूर्वसुकृता- सङ्गेन निःसङ्गया भक्त्या कार्यधुरं वहन्ति कृतिनस्ते दुर्लभास्त्वादृशाः Mu.1.14. -3 unconnected, separated, detatched. -4 unobstructed; निःसङ्गं प्रतिभिरुपाददे विवृत्तिः Ki.7.12. (-गम्) ind. unselfishly. -संचारः (निःसंचारः) not taking a walk; Māl. -संज्ञ (निःसंज्ञ) a. unconscious. -सत्त्व (निःसत्त्व) a. 1 unenergetic, weak, impotent. -2 mean, insignificant, low. -3 non-existent, unsubstantial. -4 deprived of living beings. (-त्त्वम्) 1 absence of power or energy. -2 non-existence. -3 insignificance. -संतति (निःसंतति), -संतान (निःसंतान) a. childless. -संदिग्ध (निःसंदिग्ध), -संदेह (निःसंदेह) a. see निःसंशय. -संधि (निस्संधि), निःसंधि) a. having no joints perceptible, compact, firm, close, -सपत्न (निःसपत्न) a. 1 having no rival or enemy; घनरुचिरकलापो निःसपत्नो$द्य जातः V.4.1. -2 not claimed by another, belonging exclusively to one possessor. -3 having no foes. -समम् (निःसमम्) ind. 1 unseasonably, at a wrong time. -2 wickedly. -संपात (निःसंपात) a. affording no passage, blocked up. (-तः) the darkness of midnight, thick darkness. -संबाध (निःसंबाध) a. not contracted, spacious, large. -संभ्रम (निःसंभ्रम) a. not perplexed, unembarrassed. -सरणि (निःसरणि) a. pathless. -सह (निःसह) a. 1 Exhausted, powerless; कुसुमावचयपरिश्रमनिःसहं मे शरीरम् Nāg.2. -2 intolerable, irresistible. -सार (निःसार) a. 1 sapless, pithless. -2 worthless, vain, unsubstantial. ˚ता 1 sapless, pithlessness; निःसारत्वाल्लघीयसः (तृणस्य च समा गतिः) Pt.1.16. -2 worthlessness. -3 vanity, unsubstantial or transitory nature. -सीम (निःसीम), -सीमन् (निःसीमन्) a. immeasurable, boundless; अहह महतां निःसीमानश्चरित्रविभूतयः Bh.2.35; निःसीमशर्मप्रदम् 3.97. -स्तम्भ (निःस्तम्भ) a. having no pillars. -2 having no support. -3 not proud; निःस्तम्भो भ्रष्टसंकल्पः स्वान् मेघान् स न्यवारयत् Bhāg.1.25.24. -सूत्र a. helpless; निःसूत्रमास्ते घनपङ्कमृत्सु N.7.69. -स्नेह (निःस्नेह) a. 1 not unctuous or greasy, without unction or oil, dry. -2 not showing affection, unfeeling, unkind, indifferent. -3 not loved, not cared for; केशा अपि विरज्यन्तो निःस्नेहाः किं न सेवकाः Pt.1. 82. -4 not longing for, indifferent to. (-हा) lin-seed. -स्पन्द (निःस्पन्द or निस्स्पन्द) a. motionless, steady; ज्याबन्धनिस्स्पन्दभुजेन यस्य R.6.4. -स्पर्श (निःस्पर्श) a. hard, rough. -स्पृह (निःस्पृह) a. free from desire; निःस्पृहस्य तृणं जगत्. -2 regardless of, indifferent to; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहाः Ki.2.5; R.8.1; भोगेभ्यः स्पृहयालवो न हि वयं का निःस्पृहाणामसि Bh. -3 content, unenvious. -4 free from any worldly ties. -स्व (निःस्व) a. poor, indigent; निस्वो वष्टि शतम् Śānti.2.6; त्यक्त्वा जनयितारं स्वं निःस्वं गच्छति दूरतः Pt.1.9. -स्वन (निःस्वन) a. soundless. -स्वभावः (निःस्वभावः) poverty. -a. void of peculiarities. -स्वादु (निःस्वादु) a. tasteless, insipid. |
| |
| padam | पदम् [पद्-अच्] 1 A foot (said to be m. also in this sense); पदेन on foot; शिखरिषु पदं न्यस्य Me.13; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि R.9.74 'set foot on (follow) a wrong road'; 3.5;12.52; पदं हि सर्वत्र गुणैर्निधीयते 3.62 'good qualities set foot everywhere' i. e. command notice or make themselves felt; जनपदे न गदः पदमादधौ 9.4. 'no disease stepped into the country'; यदवधि न पदं दधाति चित्ते Bv.2.14; पदं कृ (a) to set foot in, on or over (lit.); शान्ते करिष्यसि पदं पुनराश्रमे$स्मिन् Ś.4.2. (b) to enter upon or into, take possession of, occupy (fig.); कृतं वपुषि नवयौवनेन पदम् K.137; कृतं हि मे कुतूहलेन प्रश्नाशया हृदि पदम् 133; so Ku.5.21; Pt.1.24; कृत्वा पदं नो गले Mu.3.26 'in defiance of us'; (lit. planting his foot on our neck); मूर्ध्नि पदं कृ 'to mount on the head of', 'to humble'; पदं मूर्ध्नि समाधत्ते केसरी मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; आकृतिविशेषेष्वादरः पदं करोति M.1 'good forms attract attention (command respect); जने सखी पदं कारिता Ś.4; 'made to have dealings with (to confide in)'; धर्मेण शर्वे पार्वतीं प्रति पदं कारिते Ku.6.14. -2 A step, pace, stride; तन्वी स्थिता कतिचिदेव पदानि गत्वा Ś.2.13; पदे पदे 'at every step'; अक्षमालामदत्त्वा पदात् पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् or चलितव्यम् 'do not move even a step' &c.; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19 'the middle pace or stride of Viṣṇu.'; i. e. the sky (for mythologically speaking, the earth, sky, and lower world are considered as the three paces of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation वामनावतार); so अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -3 A foot-step, footprint, foot-mark; पदपङ्क्तिः Ś.3.7; or पदावली foot-prints; पदमनुविधेयं च महताम् Bh.2.28 'the foot-steps of the great must be followed'; पदैगृर्ह्यते चौरः Y.2.286. -4 A trace, mark, impression, vestige; रतिवलयपदाङ्के चापमासज्य कण्ठे Ku.2.64; Me.37,98; M.3. -5 A place, position, station; अधो$धः पदम् Bh.2.1; आत्मा परिश्रमस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1, 'brought to the point of or exposed to trouble'; तदलब्धपदं हृदि शोकघने R.8.91, 'found no place in (left no impression on) the heart'; अपदे शङ्कितो$स्मि M.1, 'my doubts were out of place', i. e. groundless; कृशकुटुम्बेषु लोभः पदमधत्त Dk.162; Ku.6.72;3.4; R.2.5;9.82; कृतपदं स्तनयुगलम् U.6.35, 'brought into relief or bursting forth'. -6 Dignity, rank, office, station or position; भगवत्या प्रश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1; यान्त्येवं गृहिणीपदं युवतयः Ś.4.18, 'attain to the rank or position, &c.; स्थिता गृहिणीपदे 4.19; so सचिव˚, राज˚ &c. -7 Cause, subject, occasion, thing, matter, business, affair; व्यवहारपदं हि तत् Y.2.5; 'occasion or matter of dispute, title of law, judicial proceeding'; Ms.8.7; सतां हि सन्देहपदेषु वस्तुषु Ś.1.22; वाञ्छितफलप्राप्तेः पदम् Ratn.1.6. -8 Abode, object, receptacle; पदं दृशः स्याः कथमीश मादृशाम् Śi.1.37; 15.22; अगरीयान्न पदं नृपश्रियः Ki.2.14; अविवेकः परमापदां पदम् 2.3; के वा न स्युः परिभवपदं निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56; संपदः पदमापदाम् H.4.65. -9 A quarter or line of a stanza, verse; विरचितपदम् (गेयम्) Me.88,15; M.5.2; Ś.3.14. -1 A complete or inflected word; सुप्तिडन्तं पदम् P.I. 4.14. वर्णाः पदं प्रयोगार्हानन्वितैकार्थबोधकाः S. D.9; R.8.77; Ku.4.9. -11 A name for the base of nouns before all consonantal case-terminations except nom. singular. -12 Detachment of the Vedic words from one another, separation of a Vedic text into its several constituent words; वेदैः साङ्गपदक्रमोपनिषदैर्गायन्ति यं सामगाः Bhāg.12.13.1. -13 A pretext; अनिभृतपदपातमापपात प्रियमिति कोपपदेन कापि सख्या Śi.7.14. -14 A sqare root. -15 A part, portion or division (as of a sentence); as त्रिपदा गायत्री. -16 A measure of length. -17 Protection, preservation; ते विंशतिपदे यत्ताः संप्रहारं प्रचक्रिरे Mb.7.36.13. -18 A square or house on a chessboard; अष्टापदपदालेख्यैः Rām. -19 A quadrant. -2 The last of a series. -21 A plot of ground. -22 (In Arith.) Any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required. -23 A coin; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्षमुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. (com. अष्टापदपदं सुवर्णकार्षापणः). -24 A way, road; षट्पदं नवसंख्यानं निवेशं चक्रिरे द्विजाः Mb.14.64.1. -25 Retribution (फल); ईहोपरमयोर्नॄणां पदान्यध्यात्मचक्षुषा Bhāg.7.13.2. -दः A ray of light. -Comp. -अङ्कः, चिह्नम् a foot-print. -अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe, thumb (of the foot). -अध्ययनम् study of the Vedas according to the पदपाठ q. v. -अनुग a. 1 following closely, being at the heels of (gen.). -2 suitable, agreeable to. (-गः) a follower, companion; एतान्निहत्य समरे ये चृ तस्य पदानुगाः । तांश्च सर्वान् विनिर्जित्य सहितान् सनराधिपान् ॥ Mb.3.12.6. -अनुरागः 1 a servant. -2 an army. -अनुशासनम् the science of words, grammar. -अनुषङ्गः anything added to a pada. -अन्तः 1 the end of a line of a stanza. -2 the end of a word. -अन्तरम् another step, the interval of one step; पदान्तरे स्थित्वा Ś.1; अ˚ closely, without a pause. -अन्त्य a. final. -अब्जम्, -अम्भोजम्, -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot. -अभिलाषिन् a. wishing for an office. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of a word. -2 a thing or object. -3 a head or topic (of which the Naiyāyikas enumerate 16 subheads). -4 anything which can be named (अभिधेय), a category or predicament; the number of such categories, according to the Vaiśeṣikas, is seven; according to the Sāṅkhyas, twentyfive (or twenty-seven according to the followers of Patañjali), and two according to the Vedāntins. -5 the sense of another word which is not expressed but has to be supplied. ˚अनुसमयः preforming one detail with reference to all things or persons concerned; then doing the second, then the third and so on (see अनुसमय). Hence पदार्थानुसमयन्याय means: A rule of interpretation according to which, when several details are to be performed with reference to several things or persons, they should be done each to each at a time. -आघातः 'a stroke with the foot', a kick. -आजिः a foot-soldier. -आदिः 1 the beginning of the line of a stanza. -2 the beginning or first letter of a word. ˚विद् m. a bad student (knowing only the beginnings of stanzas). -आयता a shoe. -आवली a series of words, a continued arrangement of words or lines; (काव्यस्य) शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्नापदावली Kāv. 1.1; मधुरकोमलकान्तपदावलीं शृणु तदा जयदेवसरस्वतीम् Gīt.1. -आसनम् a foot-stool. -आहत a. kicked. -कमलम् lotus-like foot. -कारः, -कृत् m. the author of the Padapāṭha. -क्रमः 1 walking, a pace; न चित्रमुच्चैः श्रवसः पदक्रमम् (प्रशशंस) Śi.1.52. -2 a particular method of reciting the Veda; cf. क्रम. -गः a foot-soldier. -गतिः f. gait, manner of going. -गोत्रम् a family supposed to preside over a particular class of words. -छेदः, -विच्छेदः, -विग्रहः separation of words, resolution of a sentence into its constituent parts. -च्युत a. dismissed from office, deposed. -जातम् class or group of words. -दार्ढ्यम् fixedness or security of text. -न्यासः 1 stepping, tread, step. -2 a foot-mark. -3 position of the feet in a particular attitude. -4 the plant गोक्षुर. -5 writing down verses or quarters of verses; अप्रगल्भाः पदन्यासे जननीरागहेतवः । सन्त्येके बहुलालापाः कवयो बालका इव ॥ Trivikramabhaṭṭa. -पङ्क्तिः f. 1 a line of foot-steps; द्वारे$स्य पाण्डुसिकते पदपङ्क्तिर्दृश्यते$भिनवा Ś.3.7; V.4.6. -2 a line or arrangement of words, a series of words; कृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Ki.1.1. -3 an iṣtakā or sacred brick. -4 a kind of metre. -पाठः an arrangement of the Vedic text in which each word is written and pronounced in its original form and independently of phonetic changes (opp. संहितापाठ). -पातः, विक्षेपः a step, pace (of a horse also). -बन्धः a foot-step, step. -भञ्जनम् analysis of words, etymology. -भञ्जिका 1 a commentary which separates the words and analyses the compounds of a passage. -2 a register, journal. -3 a calendar. -भ्रंशः dismissal from office. -माला a magical formula. -योपनम् a fetter for the feet (Ved.). -रचना 1 arrangement of words. -2 literary composition. -वायः Ved. a leader. -विष्टम्भः a step, footstep. -वृत्तिः f. the hiatus between two words. -वेदिन् a linguist, philologist. -व्याख्यानम् interpretation of words. -शास्त्रम् the science of separately written words. -संघातः (टः) 1 connecting the words which are separated in the संहिता. -2 a writer, an annotator. -संधिः m. the euphonic combination of words. -स्थ a. 1 going on foot. -2 being in a position of authority or high rank. -स्थानम् a foot-print. |
| |
| paripāṭhaḥ | परिपाठः 1 Complete enumeration, detail. -2 The repetition (of the Vedas); न धर्मः परिपाठेन शक्यो भारत वेदितुम् Mb.12.26.3. |
| |
| pṛthu | पृथु a. (-थु or -थ्वी f., compar. प्रथीयस्, superl. प्रथिष्ठ) [प्रथ्-कु संप्र˚ Uṇ.1.28] 1 Broad, wide, spacious, expansive; पृथुनितम्ब q. v. below; सिन्धोः पृथुमपि तनुम् Me.48. -2 Copious, abundant, ample; अव्युच्छिन्नपृथु- प्रवृत्ति भवतो दानं ममाप्यर्थिषु V.4.47. -3 Large, great; दृशः पृथुतरीकृताः Ratn.2.15; अरोधि पन्थाः पृथुदन्तशालिना Śi. 12.48; R.11.25. -4 Detailed, prolix. -5 Numerous. -6 Smart, sharp, clever. -7 Important. -6 Various. -थुः 1 N. of fire or Agni. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 Of Mahādeva. -4 N. of a king. [Pṛithu was the son of Vena, son of Anga. He was called the first king, from whom the earth received her name Pṛithvī. The Viṣṇu Purāṇa relates that when Vena who was wicked by nature and prohibited worship and sacrifice, was beaten to death by the pious sages, and when consequently robbery and anarchy prevailed in the absence of a King, the Munis rubbed the right arm of the dead king to produce a son, and from it sprang the majestic Pṛithu, glowing like Agni. He was immediately declared King, and his subjects who had suffered from famine, besought the monarch for the edible fruits and plants which the earth withheld from them. In anger Pṛithu took up his bow to compel her to yield the supply so much needed by his subjects. She assumed the form of a cow and began to flee chased by the King. But she at last yielded and requested him to spare her life, and at the same time promised to restore all the needed fruits, plants &c., 'if a calf were given to her through which she might be able to secrete milk.' Pṛithu thereupon made Svāyambhuva Manu the calf; milked the earth, and received the milk into his own hand, from which proceeded all kinds of corn, vegetables, fruits &c., for the maintenance of his subjects. The example or Pṛithu was afterwards followed by a variety of milkers-gods, men, Ṛiṣis, mountains, Nāgas, Asuras &c., who found out the proper milkman and calf from their own number, and milked the earth of whatever they wanted; cf. Ku.1.2.] -थु f. Opium. -Comp. -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. (-रः) a ram. -कीर्ति a. far-famed. -जघन, -नितम्ब a. having large or broad hips or slopes; पृथुनितम्ब नितम्बवती तव V.4.26. -दर्शिन् a. far-sighted. -पत्रः, -त्रम् red garlic. -प्रथ, -यशस् a. far-famed, widely renowned. -बीजकः lentils. -रोमन् m. a fish. ˚युग्म the sign Pisces of the zodiac. -शेखरः a mountain. -श्री a. highly prosperous. -श्रोणि a. having large hips. -संपद् a. rich, wealthy. -स्कन्धः a hog. |
| |
| prati | प्रति ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition). -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c. -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of. -4 As a separable preposition (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop. -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते. -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [Note:-In the compounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.] -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders. -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās. -अग्नि ind. towards the fire. -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v. -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose. -2 a division, chapter, section. -3 every limb. -4 a weapon. (-ङ्गम्) ind. 1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1. -2 for every subdivision. -3 in each case (in grammar). -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch. -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -2 repository. -अनन्तर a. 1 being in immediate neighbourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्). -2 standing nearest (as an heir). -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (-रम्) ind. 1 immediately after. -2 next in succession. -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R. -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind. -अनीक a 1 hostile, opposed, inimical. -2 resisting, opposing. -3 opposite. -4 equal, vying with. (-कः) an enemy. (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām. -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also). -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration. -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion. -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering. (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26. -2 a bordering country; especially, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak. -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh. -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. -अब्दम् ind. every year -अमित्र a. hostile. (-त्रः) an enemy. (-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy. -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent. -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र. -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।). -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion. -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved. -अवयवम् ind. 1 in every limb. -2 in every particular, in detail. -अवर a. 1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12. -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19. -अश्मन् m. red chalk. -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease. -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6. -आकारः a scabbard, sheath. -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke. -2 reaction. -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour. -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally. -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself. -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself. -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45. -आदित्यः a mock sun. -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning. -2 prohibition. -आर्द्र a. fresh. -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8. -2 trust, confidence. -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12. -आस्वर 1 returning. -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2. -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5. -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder. -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14. -2 a bird resembling an owl. -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik. -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (-कम्) ind. 1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31. -एनस् m. 1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7. -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety. -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary. -2 a critic. -कण्ठम् ind. 1 severally, one by one. -2 near the throat. -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually. -कश a. not obeying the whip. -कष्ट a. comparatively bad. -कामिनी a female rival; Śi. -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness. -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28. -3 a target, butt, mark. -कितवः an opponent in a game. -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant. -कूपः a moat, ditch. -कूल a. 1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24. -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45. -3 inauspicious. -4 contradictory. -5 reverse, inverted. -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contradiction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् disagreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.). -कूल ind. 1 adversely, contrarily. -2 inversely, in inverted order. -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose. -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical. -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56. -क्षपम् ind. everynight. -गजः a hostile elephant -गात्रम् ind. in very limb. -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain. -2 an inferior mountain. -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house. -ग्रामम् ind. in every village. -चक्रम् a hostile army. -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene. -चरणम् ind. 1 in every (Vedic) school or branch. -2 at every foot-step. -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45. -2 an image, picture. -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg. -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate, -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion. -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः). -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time. -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient. -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6. -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, everywhere. -दूतः a messenger sent in return. -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7. -देशम् ind. in every country. -देहम् ind. in every body. -दैवतम् ind. for every deity. -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival. -2 an enemy. (-द्वम्) opposition, hostility. -द्वन्द्विन् a. 1 hostile, inimical. -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29. -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25. -द्वारम् ind. at every gate. -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another. -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson. -नव a. 1 new, young, fresh. -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38. -नाडी a branch-vein. -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic composition; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c. -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45. -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v. -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15. -पक्ष a. like, similar. (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S, -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'. -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5. -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता 1 hostility, opposition. -2 obstacle. -पक्षित a. 1 containing a contradiction. -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष. -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary. -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh. -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76. -पदम् ind. 1 at evry stop. -2 at every place, everywhere. -3 expressly. -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2. -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R. -पाणः 1 a stake. -2 a counter-pledge. -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3. -पादम् ind. in each quarter. -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'. -पादपम् ind. in every tree. -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil. -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man. -2 a substitute, deputy. -3 a companion. -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake). -5 an effigy in general. (-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man. -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript. -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon. -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to. -प्रभातम् ind. every morning. -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana. -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45. -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart. -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56. -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13. -बलः a. 1 able, powerful. -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful. (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7. -2 strength. -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm. -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon). -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18. -2 an image, a picture. -बीजम् a rotten seed. -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5. (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21. -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1. -भय a. 1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful. -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5. -भैरव a. dreadful. -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.) -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21. -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.). -2 an eccentric orbit. -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house. -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22. -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35. -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22. -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4. -मार्गम् ind. back, backwards. -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी). -मासम् ind. every month, monthly. -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary. -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291. -2 near, present. (-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (-खम्) ind. 1 towards. -2 in front, before. -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming. -मुद्रा 1 a counterseal. -2 the impression of a seal. -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment. -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness. -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी). -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants. -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2. -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb. -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4. -2 quarrel; controversy. -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण). -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22. -राजः a hostile king. -रात्रम् ind. every night. -रूप a. 1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9. -2 beautiful. -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17. -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्). (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness. -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28. -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21. -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1. (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49. -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52. -3 a reflection. -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token. -लिपिः f. a transcript, a written copy. -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -लोम a. 1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15. -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband). -3 hostile. -4 low, vile, base. -5 left (वाम). -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7. -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25. -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5. -कम् inverted order. -लोमतः ind. 1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68. -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39. -वत्सरम् ind. every year. -वनम् ind. in every forest. -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding. -वर्धिन् a. being a match for. -वर्षम् ind. every year. -वस्तु n. 1 an equivalent, a counterpart. -2 anything given in return. -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48. -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33. -वारणः a hostile elephant. -वासरम् ind. every day. -विटपम् ind. 1 on every branch. -2 branch by branch. -विषम् an antidote. (-षा) a birch tree. -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree. -वीरः an opponent, antagonist. -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for. -वृषः a hostile bull. -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion. -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood. -2 a neighbour. -वेशिन् a. a neighbour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14. -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house. -वेश्यः a neighbour. -वैरम् requital of hostilities revenge. -शब्दः 1 echo, reverberation; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28. -2 a roar. -शशिन् m. a mock-moon. -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda). -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21. -संवत्सरम् ind. every year. -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh. -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1. -सम a. equal to, a match for. -सव्य a. in an inverted order. -सामन्तः an enemy. -सायम् ind. every evening. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun. -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16. -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17. -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere. -स्मृतिः N. of particular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3. -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33. -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3. -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2. |
| |
| prativiśeṣaṇam | प्रतिविशेषणम् Detailed specification. |
| |
| pratisaṃvedaka | प्रतिसंवेदक a. Giving detailed information about. |
| |
| prapañcaka | प्रपञ्चक a. 1 Displaying, showing. -2 Developing. -3 Explaining fully, amplifying, expounding in detail. |
| |
| prapañcanam | प्रपञ्चनम् 1 Display, development; अरिमध्यस्थमित्राणां सम्यक् चोक्तं प्रपञ्चनम् Mb.12.59.52. -2 Copious exposition, detailed explanation or amplification. |
| |
| prapañcayati | प्रपञ्चयति Den. P. 1 To show forth, display; प्रपञ्चय पञ्चमम् Gīt.1. -2 To expand, amplify, explain in detail, dwell or dilate upon, treat at length. -3 To cause to appear in a false light. |
| |
| prabhinna | प्रभिन्न p. p. 1 Severed, split, cleft, divided. -2 Broken to pieces. -3 Cut off, detached. -4 Budding, expanded, opened. -5 Changed, altered. -6 Deformed, disfigured. -7 Relaxed, loosened. -8 Intoxicated, in rut; वेगेनापततस्तांस्तु प्राभिन्नानिव वारणान् Mb.1.189.14; प्रभिन्नदिग्वारणवाहनो वृषा Ku.5.8. -9 Pierced, bored. -1 Different, distinct. -न्नः An elephant in rut. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् a kind of collyrium or eye-salve mixed with oil. -करट a. 'having the cheeks cleft', being in rut, intoxicated. |
| |
| pramuc | प्रमुच् 6 P. 1 To set free, liberate, release. -2 To throw, cast, hurl. -3 To shed, emit, end forth. -4 To abandon, forsake, give up, renounce. -5 To loosen, untie, unbind. -6 To expel, drive away, banish. -7 To utter. -8 To put on, wear (as a garland &c.). -9 To give, bestow; अत्र ते$हं प्रमोक्ष्यामि मालां कुब्जे हिरण्मयीम् Rām.2.9.47. -Pass. 1 To be loose or detached. -2 To leave off, cease. -3 To free oneself from. -Caus. 1 To loosen, unbind. -2 To liberate, release. |
| |
| pravivikta | प्रविविक्त a. 1 Very solitary. -2 Separated, detached; प्रविविक्तभुक् तैजसः Māṇd.1.4. -3 Sharp, keen. |
| |
| bandhya | बन्ध्य [बन्ध्-यत्] 1 To be bound or fettered, to be confined or imprisoned; अबन्ध्यं यश्च बध्नाति बद्धं यश्च प्रमुञ्चति Y.2.243. -2 To be joined or bound together. -3 To be formed, built or constructed. -4 Detained, under arrest. -5 (= वन्ध्य) Barren, unproductive, fruitless; useless (said of persons or things); बन्ध्यश्रमास्ते R.16.75; अबन्ध्ययत्नाश्च बभूवुरत्र ते 3.29; Ki.1.33. -6 Not having the menses or menstrual discharge. -7 (At the end of comp.) Deprived or destitute of. -Comp. -फल a. useless, vain, idle. |
| |
| brāhmaṇa | ब्राह्मण a. (-णी f.) [ब्रह्म वेदं शुद्धं चैतन्यं वा वेत्त्वधीते वा अण्] 1 Belonging to a Brāhmaṇa. -2 Befitting a Brāhmaṇa. -3 Given by a Brāhmaṇa. -4 Relating to religious worship. -5 One who knows Brahma. -णः 1 A man belonging to the first of the four original castes of the Hindus, a Brāhmaṇa (born from the mouth of the puruṣa); ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत् Rv.1.9. 12; Ms.1.31,96; (जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारैर्द्विज उच्यते । विद्यया याति विप्रत्वं त्रिभिः श्रोत्रिय उच्यते ॥ or जात्या कुलेन वृत्तेन स्वाध्यायेन श्रुतेन च । एभिर्युक्तो हि यस्तिष्ठेन्नित्यं स द्विज उच्यते ॥). -2 A priest, theologian. -3 An epithet of Agni. -4 N. of the twentyeighth Nakṣatra. -णम् 1 An assemblage or society of Brāhmaṇas. -2 That portion of the Veda which states rules for the employment of the hymns at the various sacrifices, their origin and detailed explanation, with sometimes lengthy illustrations in the shape of legends or stories. It is distinct from the Mantra portion of the Veda. -3 N. of that class of the Vedic works which contain the Brāhmaṇa portion (regarded as Śruti or part of the revelation like the hymns themselves). Each of the four Vedas has its own Brāhmaṇa or Brāhmaṇas :-ऐतरेय or आश्व- लायन and कौषीतकी or सांख्यायन belonging to the Ṛigveda; शतपथ to the Yajurveda, पञ्चविंश and षड्विंश and six more to the Sāmaveda, and गोपथ to the Atharvaveda. -4 The Soma vessel of the Brahman priest. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः offensive or disrespectful conduct towards Brāhmaṇas, insult to Brāhmaṇas; ब्राह्मणातिक्रमत्यागो भवता- मेव भूतये Mv.2.1. -अगर्शनम् absence of Brahmanical instruction or guidance; वृषलत्वं गता लोके ब्राह्मणादर्शनेन च Ms.1.43. -अपाश्रयः seeking shelter with Brāhmaṇas. -अभ्युपपत्तिः f. protection or preservation of, or kindness shown to, a Brāhmaṇa; ब्राह्मणाभ्युपपत्तौ च शपथे नास्ति पातकम् Ms.8.112. -आत्मक a. belonging to Brāhmaṇas. -घ्नः the slayer of a Brāhmaṇa; स्त्रीबाल- ब्राह्मणघ्नांश्च हन्याद् द्विट्सेविनस्तथा Ms.9.232. -चाण्डालः 1 a degraded or outcast Brāhmaṇa; यथा ब्राह्मणचाण्डालः पूर्व- दृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87. -2 the son of a Śūdra father by a Brāhmaṇa woman. -जातम्, -जातिः f. the Brāhmaṇa caste. -जीविका the occupation or means of livelihood prescribed for a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥ षण्णां तु कर्मणामस्य त्रीणि कर्माणि जीविका । याजनाध्यापने चैव विशुद्धाच्च प्रतिग्रहः ॥. -द्रव्यम्, -स्वम् a Brāhmaṇa's property. -निन्दकः a blasphemer or reviler of Brāhmaṇas. -प्रसंगः the applicability of the term Brāhmaṇa. -प्रातिवेश्यः a neighbouring Brāhmaṇa; ब्राह्मणप्रातिवेश्यानामेतदेवानिमन्त्रणे Y.2.263. -प्रियः N. of Viṣṇu. -ब्रुवः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa, one who is a Brāhmaṇa only in name and neglects the duties of his caste; बहवो ब्राह्मणब्रुवा निवसन्ति Dk.; सममब्राह्मणे दानं द्विगुणं ब्राह्मणब्रुवे Ms.7.85;8.2. -भावः the rank or condition of a Brāhmaṇa. -भूयिष्ठ a. consisting for the most part of Brāhmaṇas. -यष्टिका, -यष्टी Clerodendrum Siphonantus (Mar. भारंग). -वधः the murder of a Brāhmaṇa, Brahmanicide. -वाचनम् the recitation of benedictions. -संतर्पणम् feeding or satisfying Brāhmaṇas. |
| |
| bhaṅgaḥ | भङ्गः [भञ्ज्-भावादौ घञ्] 1 Breaking, breaking down, shattering, tearing down, splitting, dividing; भङ्गः स जिष्णोर्धृतिमुन्ममाथ Ki.17.29. वार्यर्गलाभङ्ग इव प्रवृत्तः R.5.45. -2 A break, fracture, breach. -3 Plucking off, lopping; आम्रकलिकाभङ्ग Ś.6. -4 Separation, analysis. -5 A portion, bit, fragment, detached portion; पुष्पोच्चयः पल्लवभङ्गभिन्नः Ku.3.61; R.16.16. -6 Fall, downfall, decay, destruction, ruin; as in राज्य˚, सत्त्व˚ &c. -7 Breaking up, dispersion; यात्राभङ्ग Māl.1. -8 Defeat, overthrow, discomfiture, rout; भग्ने भग्नमवाप्नुयात् Pt.4.41; प्रसभं भङ्गमभङ्गुरोदयः (नयति) Śi.16.72. -9 Failure, disappointment, frustration; तत्पूर्वभङ्गे वितथप्रयत्नः R.2.42. (v. l.); आशाभङ्ग &c. -1 Rejection, refusal; अभ्यर्थनाभङ्गभयेन साधुर्माध्यस्थमिष्टे$- प्यवलम्बते$र्थे Ku.1.52. -11 A chasm, fissure. -12 Interruption, obstacle, disturbance; निद्रा˚, गति˚ Ki.17.29. -13 Non-performance, suspension, stoppage. -14 Taking to flight, flight. -15 (a) A bend, fold. (b) A wave; क्षौमे भङ्गवती तरङ्गतरले फेनाम्बुतुल्ये वहन् Nāg.5.2; ज्वालाभङ्गैः (= Wavelike flames) Nāg.5.21. -16 Contraction, bending, knitting; ग्रीवाभङ्गाभिरामम् Ś1.7; so भ्रूभङ्ग U.5.36. -17 Going, motion. -18 Paralysis. -19 Fraud, deceit. -2 A canal, water-course. -21 A circumlocutory or round-about way of speaking or acting; see भङ्गि. -22 Hemp. -23 (With Buddhists) The constant decay taking place in the universe; constant change. -24 (With Jainas) A dialectical formula beginning with स्यात्. -Comp. -नयः removal of obstacles. -वासा turmeric. -सार्थ a. dishonest, fraudulent. |
| |
| bhinna | भिन्न p. p. [भिद्-क्त] 1 Broken, torn, split, rent; संछिन्नभिन्नसर्वाङ्गाः सर्त्विक्सभ्या भयाकुलाः । स्वयंभुवे नमस्कृत्य Bhāg. 4.6.2. -2 Divided, separated. -3 Detached, disunited, disjoined; scattered; भिन्नं च वानरानीकम् Rām.6.67.8. -4 Expanded, blown, opened; भिन्नैलासुरभिमुवाह गन्धवाहः Ki.7.38. -5 Different from, other than (with abl.); तस्मादयं भिन्नः. -6 Different, varied; भिन्नरुचिर्हि लोकः R.6. 3. -7 Loosened. -8 Mingled, mixed, blended; एकत्र स्फटिकतटांशुभिन्ननीरा नीलाश्मद्युतिभिदुराम्भसो$परत्र Śi.4.26. -9 Deviating from. -1 Changed. -11 Furious; दुरुक्तैर्भिन्न- मात्मानं यः समाधातुमीश्वरः Bhāg.11.23.2. -12 Without, deprived of. -13 Undutiful, vicious; भिन्नवृत्तिता Ms.12. 33; नैतत् खलायोपदिशेत् ...... न भिन्नाय Bhāg.3.32.39. -14 Stood up (as hair); खरोष्ट्राश्वतरा राजन् भिन्नरोमाः स्रवन्ति च Rām.6.1.18. -15 Seduced, bribed; H. (See भिद्). -न्नः 1 A defect or flaw in a gem. -न्नम् 1 A bit, fragment, part. -2 A blossom. -3 A wound, stab; शक्तिकुन्तेषुखड्गाग्रविषाणैराशयो हतः । यत् किंचित् प्रसवेत् तद्धि भिन्न- मित्यभिधीयते Bhāva. P. -4 A fraction. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् a kind of mixed collyrium, made of many pounded ingredients; प्रयान्ति ...... भिन्नाञ्जनवर्णतां घनाः Śi.12.68; Me.61; Ṛs.3.5. -अर्थ a. clear, evident, intelligible; स्फुटभिन्नार्थमुदाहरद् वचः Śi.16.1. (-र्थम्) ind. clearly, distinctly, unenigmatically; न खल्ववगच्छामि भिन्नार्थमभि- धीयताम् Ś.2. -उदरः 'born of a different womb or mother', a half-brother. -कट a. furious, in rut; भेजे भिन्नकटै- र्नागैरन्यानुपरुरोध यैः R.4.83. -करटः an elephant in rut (from whose temples ichor exudes). -कर्ण a. having divided ears (said of particular animals); P.VI.3. 115. -कुम्भः a person who has regained his liberty by redeeming his pledge. -कूट a. 1 deprived of a leader (as an army). -2 employing a different stratagem. -क्रम a. out of order, disordered. -गति a. 1 going with broken steps. -2 going quickly. -गर्भ a. broken up (in the centre), disorganized. -गात्रिका Cucumis Usitatissimus (Mar. चिबूड). -गुणनम् multiplication of fractions; अंशाहतिश्छेदवधेन भक्ता लब्धं विभिन्ने गुणने फलं स्यात् Līlā. -घनः the cube of a fraction. -दर्शिन् a. making or seeing a difference, partial. -देश a. belonging to different places; कृत्ययोर्भिन्नेदशत्वाद् द्वैधीभवति मे मनः । Ś.2.18. -देह a. wounded. -नौ a. ship-wrecked. -परिकर्मन् n. any one of the arithmetical operations with fractions. -प्रकार a. of a different kind or sort. -भागहरः division of fractions. -भाजनम् a potsherd. -मन्त्र a. one who has betrayed a plan; Rām. -मर्मन् a. wounded in vital parts, mortally wounded. -मर्याद a. 1 one who has transgressed the due limits, disrespectful; आः, तातापवादभिन्नमर्याद U.5. -2 unrestrained, uncontrolled. -रुचि a. having different tastes; भिन्नरुचिर्हि लोकः R.6.3. -लिङ्गम्, -वचनम् incongruity of gender or number in a composition; see K.P.1. -वर्गः the square of a fraction. -वर्चस्, वर्चस्क a. voiding excrement. -वर्ण a. 1 discoloured, pale. -2 of a different caste or tribe. -वृत्त a. 1 leading a bad life, abandoned. -2 containing a metrical fault. -वृत्ति a. 1 leading a bad life, following evil courses; तदन्तःपुरेषु चामी भिन्नवृत्तेषु मन्दत्रासा बहुसुखैरवर्तन्त Dk.2.8. -2 having different feelings or tastes or emotions. -3 having different occupations. -व्यवकलितम् subtraction of fractions. -संहति a. disunited, dissolved. -संकलनम्, -संकलितम् addition of fractions. -स्वर a. 1 having a changed voice, faltering. -2 discordant. -हृतिः f. division of fractions. -हृदय a. pierced through the heart; बाणभिन्नहृदया निपेतुषी R.11.19. |
| |
| muktakam | मुक्तकम् 1 A missile, a missile weapon. -2 Simple prose (without compound words). -3 A detached stanza, the meaning of which is complete in itself; see Kāv.1.13; मुक्तकं श्लोक एवैकश्चमत्कारक्षमः सताम्. |
| |
| mokṣ | मोक्ष् 1 P., 1 U. (मोक्षति, मोक्षयति-ते) 1 To release, set free, liberate, emancipate. -2 To loose, untie, undo. -3 To wrest away. -4 To cast, hurl, fling. -5 To shed. -6 To detach, extract. |
| |
| yathā | यथा ind. [यद् प्रकारे थाल्] 1 Used by itself यथा has the following senses :-- (a) as, in the manner mentioned; यथाज्ञापयति महाराजः 'as Your Majesty orders;' (b) namely, as follows; तद् यथानुश्रूयते Pt.1; U.2.4; (c) as, like (showing comparison, and used to express the point of similarity); आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ku.4.34; प्रभावप्रभवं कान्तं स्वाधीनपतिका यथा (न मुञ्चति) K. P.1; (d) as, as for example, for instance; यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्र वह्निर्यथा महानसे T. S. कुर्युः कृत्यमकृत्यं वा उष्ट्रे काकादयो यथा Pt.1.288; (e) that (used to introduce direct assertions with or without इति at the end); अकथितो$पि ज्ञायत एव यथायमाभोगस्तपोवनस्येति Ś.1; विदितं खलु ते यथा स्मरः क्षणमप्युत्सहते न मां विना Ku.4.36; (f) so that, in order that; दर्शय तं चौरसिंहं यथा व्यापादयामि Pt.1. -2 Used correlatively with तथा, यथा has the following senses :-- (a) as, so (in which case एवम् and तद्वत् often take the place of तथा); यथा वृक्षस्तथा फलम् or यथा बीजं तथाङ्कुरः; Bg.11.29; in this case एव is frequently added to either यथा or तथा or to both to make the equality of relation more marked or striking; वधूचतुष्के$पि यथैव शान्ता प्रिया तनूजास्य तथैव सीता U.4.16; न तथा बाधते स्कन्धो (or शीतम्) यथा बाधति बाधते; (as much-as, as-as); Ku.6.7; U.2.4; V.4.33. In this sense तथा is often omitted, in which case यथा has sense (c) in 1 above. (b) so-that, तथा standing for 'so', and यथा for 'that'; यथा बन्धुजनशोच्या न भवति तथा निर्वाहय Ś.3; तथा प्रयतेथा यथा पहस्यसे जनैः K.19; तस्मान्मुच्ये यथा तात संविधातुं तथार्हसि R.1.72;3.66;14.66;15.68. (c) since-therefore, as (because) -so; यथा इतोमुखागतैरपि कलकलः श्रुतस्तथा तर्कयामि &c. Māl.8; sometimes तथा is omitted; मन्दं मन्दं नुदति पवनश्चानुकूलो यथा त्वां ... सेविष्यन्ते भवन्तं बलाकाः Me.9. (d) if-then, as surely as-so surely (a strong form of assertion or adjuration); वाङ्मनःकर्मभिः पत्यौ व्यभिचारो यथा न मे । तथा विश्वंभरे देवि मामन्तर्धातुमर्हसि R.15.81; यथा यथा- तथा तथा the more-the more, the less-the less; यथा यथा भाषसि धर्मसंमितं तथा तथा मे त्वयि भक्तिरुत्तमा Mb.; Śi.17.43; यथा यथा यौवनमतिचक्राम तथा तथावर्धतास्य संतापः K.59; Ms. 8.286;12.73; यथा तथा in any manner, in whatever way; यथा तथा यापयंस्तु सा ह्यस्य कृतकृत्यता Ms.4.17; यथैव just as; यथा तथा as much as; यथा तथा भवतु whatever may be the case; यथा कथंचित् anyhow, somehow or other. N. B. As the first member of Avyayībhāva comp. यथा is usually translated by 'according to, according as, in accordance with, in conformity to, in proportion to, not exceeding'; see compounds below. -Comp. -अंशम्, -अंशतस् ind. in due proportions, proportionately. -अधिकारम् ind. according to authority. -अधीत a. as read or studied, conformable to the text. (-तम्) ind. according to the text. -अनुपूर्वम्, -अनुपूर्व्यम्, -अनुपूर्व्या ind. in regular order or succession, successively. -अनुभूतम् ind. 1 according to experience. -2 by previous experience. -अनुरूपम् ind. in exact conformity, properly. -अनूक्तम् ind. as said or told; मया यथानूक्तमवादि ते हरेः कृतावतारस्य सुमित्र चेष्टितम् Bhāg.3.19.32. -अभिप्रेत, -अभिमत, -अभिलषित, -अभीष्ट a. as wished, intended or desired, agreeably to desire. (-तम् &c.) ind. according to one's wish, at pleasure, agreeably to one's desire. -अभिरुचित a. pleasant, agreeable. -अर्थ a. 1 conformable to truth, true, real, correct; सौम्येति चाभाष्य यथार्थभाषी R.14.44; so यथार्थानुभवः 'correct or right perception'; यथार्थवक्ता &c. -2 conformable to the true meaning; true to the sense, right, appropriate, significant; करिष्यन्निव नामास्य (i. e. शत्रुघ्न) यथार्थमरिनिग्रहात् R.15.6; (करिष्यते) युधि सद्यः शिशुपालतां यथार्थाम् Śi.16.85; Ki.8.48; Ku.2.16. -3 fit suitable. (-र्थम्, -अर्थतः ind. truly, rightly; fitly, suitably, properly.) ˚अक्षर a. signficant or true to the syllable; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. ˚नामन् a. one whose name is true to its meaning or fully significant (whose deeds are according to his name); ध्रुवसिद्धेरपि यथार्थनाम्नः सिद्धिं न मन्यते M.4; परंतपो नाम यथार्थनामा R.6.21. ˚वर्णः a spy (see यथार्हवर्ण). (यथार्थता 1 suitableness, fitness. -2 propriety. -3 accuracy, genuineness, correctness.) -अर्ह a. 1 according to merit, as deserving. -2 appropriate, suitable, just. -3 as agreeable; यथार्हजलेन हृद्यगन्धेन स्नातः Dk.2.7. ˚वर्णः a spy, an emissary. -अर्हम्, -अर्हतः ind. according to merit or worth; यथार्हमन्यैरनुजीविलोकं संभावयामास यथाप्रधानम् R.16.4. -अर्हणम् ind. 1 according to propriety. -2 according to worth or merit. -अवकाशम् ind. 1 according to room or space. -2 as occasion may occur, according to occasion, leisure or propriety. -3 in the proper place; प्रालम्बमुत्कृष्य यथावकाशं निनाय R.6.14. -अवस्थम् ind. according to the condition or circumstances. -आख्यात a. as mentioned before, before mentioned. -आख्यानम् ind. as before stated. -आगत a. foolish, stupid. (-तम्) ind. as one came, by the same way as one came; यथागतं मातलिसारथिर्ययौ R.3.67. -आगमम् ind. according to tradition, as handed down from generation to generation. -आचारम् ind. as customary or usual. -आम्नातम्, आम्नायम् ind. as laid down in the Vedas. -आरम्भम् ind. according to the beginning, in regular order or succession. -आवासम् ind. according to one's dwelling, each to his own dwelling. -आशयम् ind. 1 according to wish or intention. -2 according to the agreement. -आश्रमम् ind. according to the Āśrama or period in one's religious life. -आश्रयम् ind. according to substratum; चित्रं यथाश्रयमृते Sāṅkhya K.41. -इच्छ, -इष्ट, -ईप्सित a. according to wish or desire, agreeably to one's desire, as much as desired, as desired or wished for. (-च्छम्, -ष्टम्, -तम्) ind. 1 according to wish or desire, at will or pleasure; यथेष्टं चेष्टन्ते स्फुटकुचतटाः पश्य कुलटाः Udb. -2 as much as may be wanted, to the heart's content; यथेष्टं बुभुजे मांसम् Ch. P.3. -ईक्षितम् ind. as personally seen, as actually perceived. -उक्त, -उदित a. as said or told above, aforesaid, above-mentioned; यथोक्ताः संवृत्ताः Pt.1; यथोक्त- व्यापारा Ś.1; R.2.7; ततः स्वगृहमेत्य यथोक्तमर्थत्यागं कृत्वा Dk.2.2. -उचित a. suitable, proper, due, fit. (-तम्) ind. duly, suitably, properly; आगतं तु भयं वीक्ष्य नरः कुर्याद् यथोचितम् H. -उत्तरम् ind. in regular order or succession, one after another; संबन्धो$त्र यथोत्तरम् S. D. 729; श्रैष्ठ्यमेषां यथोत्तरम् Ms.12.38; यथोत्तरेच्छा हि गुणेषु कामिनः Ki.8.4. -उत्साहम् ind. 1 according to one's power or might. -2 with all one's might. -उद्गत a. without sense, stupid. -उद्गमनम् in ascending proportion. -उद्दिष्ट a. as indicated or described. (-ष्टम्) or -उद्देशम् ind. in the manner indicated. -उपचारम् ind. as politeness or courtesy requires. -उपजोषम् ind. according to pleasure or desire; यथोपजोषं वासांसि परिधाया- हतानि ते Bhāg.8.9.15. -उपदिष्ट a. as indicated. -उपदेशम् ind. as advised or instructed. -उपपत्ति ind. 1 as may be fit. -2 as may happen. -उपपन्न a. just as happened to be at hand, natural; यथोपपन्नरज्जुबद्धः Dk.2.4. -उपमा (in Rhet.) a comparison expressed by यथा. -उप- -योगम् ind. according to use or requirements, according to circumstances. -उपाधि ind. according to the condition or supposition. -औचित्यम् propriety, suitableness, fitness. -ऋतु ind. according to the right season; यथर्तुवर्षी भगवान् न तथा पाकशासनः Mb.3.188.5. -कथित a. as already mentioned. -कर्तव्यम् what is right to be done. -कर्म ind. according to one's duties or circumstances. -कल्पम् ind. according to rule or ritual. -काम a. conformable to desire. (-मम्) ind. agreeably to desire, at will or pleasure, to the heart's content; यथाकामार्चितार्थिनाम् R.1.6;4.51. -कामिन् a. free, unrestrained. -कारम् ind. in whatever way; P.III.4.28. -कालः the right or due time, proper time; यथाकालप्रबोधिनाम् R.1.6. (-लम्) ind. at the right time, opportunely, seasonably; सोपसर्पैर्जजागार यथाकालं स्वपन्नपि R.17.51. -कृत a. as agreed upon, done according to rule or custom, customary; स यदि प्रतिपद्येत यथान्यस्तं यथाकृतम् Ms.8.183. (-तम्) ind. according to the usual practice. -क्लृप्ति ind. in a suitable way. -क्रमम्, -क्रमेण ind. in due order or succession, regularly, in due form, properly; यथाक्रमं पुंसवनादिकाः क्रियाः R.3.1;9.26. -क्षमम् ind. according to one's power, as much as possible. -क्षिप्रम् ind. as quickly as possible. -क्षेमेण ind. safely, comfortably. -खेलम् ind. playfully; V. -गुणम् ind. according to qualities or endowments; Ch. Up. -चित्तम् ind. according to will; Māl. -जात a. 1 foolish, senseless, stupid. -2 barbarous, outcast. -ज्ञानम् ind. to the best of one's knowledge or judgment. -ज्येष्ठम् ind. according to rank, by seniority. -तत्त्वम् ind. 1 according to actual facts, actually, as the case really may be. -तथ a. 1 true, right. -2 accurate, exact. (-थम्) a narrative of the particulars or details of anything, a detailed or minute account. (-थम्) ind. 1 exactly, precisely; विभाव्यन्ते यथातथम् Bhāg. -2 fitly, properly, as the case really may be; Mb.3. -तथ्यम्, -तथ्येन ind. truly, really. -तृप्ति ind. to the heart's content. -दर्शनम् ind. according to observation. -दिक्, -दिशम् ind. in all directions. -निकायम् ind. according to body; Śvet. Up. -निर्दिष्ट a. 1 as mentioned before, as specified above; यथानिर्दिष्टव्यापारा सखी. -2 as prescribed or laid down; यथानिर्दिष्टं संपादितं व्रतम् V.3. -न्यायम् ind. justly, rightly, properly; प्रतिपूज्य यथान्यायम् Ms.1.1. -न्यासम् ind. according to the text of a Śūtra, as written down. -न्युप्त a. as placed on the ground or offered; अवजिघ्रेच्च तान् पिण्डान् यथान्युप्तान् समाहितः Ms.3.218. -पण्यम् ind. according to the (value or kind of) commodities; शुल्क- स्थानेषु कुशलाः यथापण्यविचक्षणाः Ms.8.398 (v. l.). -पुरम् ind. as before, as on previous occasions; यथापुरमविज्ञाय स्वार्थलिप्सुमपण्डिताम् Rām.2.1.2. -पूर्व, -पूर्वक a. being as before, former; R.12.41. (-र्वम्) -पूर्वकम् ind. 1 as before; सर्वाणि ज्ञातिकार्याणि यथापूर्वं समाचरेत् Ms.11.187. -2 in due order or succession, one after another; एते मान्या यथापूर्वम् Y.1.35. -प्रत्यर्हम् ind. according to merit. -प्रदिष्टम् ind. as suitable or proper. -प्रदेशम् ind. 1 in the proper or suitable place; यथाप्रदेशं विनिवेशितेन Ku. 1.49; आसञ्जयामास यथाप्रदेशं कण्ठे गुणम् R.6.83; Ku.7.34. -2 according to direction or precept. -3 on all sides. -प्रधानम्, -प्रधानतः ind. according to rank or position, according to precedence; आलोकमात्रेण सुरानशेषान् संभावया- मास यथाप्रधानम् Ku.7.46. -प्रयोगम् ind. 1 according to usage or practice. -2 as found by experiment. -प्रस्तावम् ind. on the first suitable occasion. -प्रस्तुतम् ind. 1 at last, at length. -2 conformably to the circumstances. -प्राणम् ind. according to strength with all one's might. -प्राप्त a. 1 suitable to circumstances. -2 following from a previous grammatical rule; Kāśi. on P.III.2.135. (-प्तम्) ind. regularly, properly. -प्रार्थितम् ind. as requested. -बलम् ind. 1 to the best of one's power, with all one's might; यथाबलं च विभज्य गृह्णीत Dk.2.8. -2 according to the (condition of) army or number of forces; Ms. -बुद्धि, -मति ind. to the best of one's knowledge. -भक्त्या with entire devotion. -भागम्, -भागशः ind. 1 according to the share of each, proportionately; यथाभागशो$मी वो गन्धाः -2 each in his respective place; यथाभागमवस्थिताः Bg.1.11. -3 in the proper place; यथाभागमवस्थिते$पि R.6.19. -भावः 1 destiny. -2 proper relation. -भूतम् ind. according to what has taken place, according to truth, truly, exactly. -भूयस् ind. according to seniority. -मुखीन a. looking straight at (with gen.); (मृगः) यथामुखीनः सीतायाः पुप्लुवे बहु लोभयन् Bk.5.48. -मूल्य a. worth the price, accordant with the price. -यथम् ind. 1 as in fit, fitly, properly; यथायथं ताः सहिता नभश्चरैः Ki.8.2. -2 in regular order, severally, each in its proper place, respectively; असक्तमाराधयतो यथायथम् Ki.1.11; बीजवन्तो मुखाद्यर्था विप्रकीर्णा यथायथम् S. D.337. -3 by degrees, gradually; सर्वे मायामानवा यथायथमन्तर्भावं गताः Dk.1.5. -युक्तम्, -योगम् ind. according to circumstances, fitly, suitably. -योग्य a. suitable, fit, proper, right. -रसम् ind. according to the sentiments. -रुचम्, -रुचि ind. according to one's liking or taste; वदन्ति चैतत् कवयो यथारुचम् Bhāg.2.5.21. -रूपम् ind. 1 according to form or appearance. -2 duly, properly, fitly. -लब्ध a. as actually in hand. -वस्तु ind. as the fact stands, exactly, accurately, truly. -विध a. of such kind or sort. -विधि ind. according to rule or precept, duly, properly; यथाविधि हुताग्नीनाम् R.1.6; संचस्कारोभयप्रीत्या मैथिलेयौ यथाविधि 15.31;3.7; Ms.11.191. -विनियोगम् ind. in the succession or order stated. -विभवम् ind. in proportion to one's income, according to means. -वीर्य a. of whatever strength. (-र्यम्) ind. in respect of manliness or courage. -वृत्त a. as happened, done or acted. (-त्तम्) 1 the actual facts, the circumstances or details of an event.-2 a former event. -वृद्धम् ind. according to age or seniority; गगनादवतीर्णा सा यथावृद्धपुरःसरा Ku.6. 49. -व्युत्पत्ति ind. 1 according to the degree of education or culture. -2 according to the derivation. -शक्ति, -शक्त्या ind. to the best of one's power, as far as possible. -शब्दार्थम् ind. in keeping with or according to the sense conveyed by the (sacred) text; इह शब्द- लक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on MS.11.1.26. -शास्त्रम् ind. according to the scriptures, as the law ordains; सर्वे$पि क्रमशस्त्वेते यथाशास्त्रं निषेविताः Ms.6.88. -शीघ्रम् ind. as quickly as possible. -शीलम् ind. in accordance with one's temper. -श्रुत a. according to the report. -श्रुतम् -ति ind. 1 as heard or reported. -2 (यथाश्रुति) according to Vedic precepts; अस्मात् परं बत यथाश्रुति संभृतानि को नः कुले निवपनानि करिष्यतीति Ś.6.25. -श्रेष्ठम् ind. in order of precedence or merit. -श्लक्ष्ण a. behaving in such a way that the weaker is placed first. -संस्थम् ind. according to circumstances. -संख्यम् a figure of speech in Rhetoric; यथासंख्यं क्रमेणैव क्रमिकाणां समन्वयः K. P.1; e. g. शत्रुं मित्रं विपत्तिं च जय रञ्जय भञ्जय Chandr.5.17. (-ख्यम्), -संख्येन ind. according to number, respectively, number for number; हृत्कण्ठतालुगाभिस्तु यथासंख्यं द्विजातयः (शुध्येरन्) Y.1.21. -समयम् ind. 1 at the proper time. -2 according to agreement or established usage. -संभव a. possible. -संभावित a. suitable, appropriate. -सर्वम् ind. in all particulars. -सवनम् ind. according to the time or season. -सारम् ind. according to quality or goodness. -सुखम् ind. 1 at will or pleasure. -2 at ease, comfortably, pleasantly, so as to give pleasure; अङ्के निधाय करभोरु यथासुखं ते संवाहयामि चरणावुत पद्मताम्रौ Ś.3.2; R.9.48; Ms.4.43. -स्थानम् the right or proper place. (-नम्) ind. 1 in the proper place; duly, properly. -2 instantly. -3 according to rank. -स्थित a. 1 according to circumstances or actual facts, as it stands; रामं यथास्थितं सर्वं भ्राता ब्रूते स्म विह्वलः Bk.6.8. -2 right, proper, fit. (-तम्) ind. 1 truly, properly. -2 according to circumstances. -स्थिति ind. as usual, according to state or circumstances. -स्थूलम् ind. without details. -स्व a. each according to (his or her) own; यथास्वान् जग्मुरालयान् Mb.12.44.14. -स्वम् ind. 1 each his own, respectively; अध्यासते चीरभृतो यथास्वम् R.13.22; Ki.14.43. -2 individually; यथास्वमाश्रमैश्चके वर्णैरपि षडंशभाक् R.17.65. -3 duly, properly, rightly; यथास्वं ग्राहकान्येषां शब्दादीनामिमानि तु Mb.3.211.13. |
| |
| yu | यु I. 2 P. (यौति, युत; caus. यावयति; desid. यियविषति or युयूषति) 1 To join, unite. -2 To mix, combine. -II. 3 P. (युयोति) To detach, separate; as in युतसिद्ध. -III. 9 U. (युनाति, युनीते) 1 To bind, fasten. -2 To join, unite. -3 To mix, combine -4 Ved. To give, grant. -5 To acquire. -6 To worship, respect. -IV. 1 Ā. (यावयते) To censure. -With व्यति to mix; अन्योन्यं स्म व्यतियुतः शब्दाञ् शब्दैस्तु भीषणान् Bk.8.6. |
| |
| yūpaḥ | यूपः [यु-पक् पृषो˚ दीर्घः; cf. Uṇ.3.27] 1 A sacrificial post (usually made of bamboo or Khadira wood) to which the victim is fastened at the time of immolation; अपेक्ष्यते साधुजनेन वैदिकी श्मशानशूलस्य न यूपसत्क्रिया Ku.5.73; ग्रामेष्वात्मविसृष्टेषु यूपचिह्नेषु यज्वनाम् R.1.44. -2 A trophy. -Comp. -आहुतिः f. an oblation at the erection of the sacrificial post. -कटकः a wooden ring at the top of the Yūpa. -कर्णः that part of the Yūpa which is sprinkled with ghee. -कर्मन्यायः the rule according to which the उत्कर्ष or अपकर्ष of some detail belonging solely to the विकृति will be restricted to that particular detail alone, so that the तदादितदन्तन्याय will not apply in that case. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.5.1.27. -द्रुः, -द्रुमः the Khadira tree. -द्विपः, -हस्तिन् a. cloth wrapped round the sacrificial post in certain rites; मीमांसामांसलप्रज्ञास्तां यूपद्विपदापिनीम् N.17.61. -ध्वजः the sacrifice personified. -लक्ष्यः a bird (?). -व्रस्कः the cutter of the sacrificial post. |
| |
| rudh | रुध् I. 7 U. (रुणद्धि, रुन्द्धे, रुरोध, रुरुधे, अरुधत्-अरौत्सीत्-अरुद्ध, रोत्स्यति-ते, रोद्धुम्, रुद्ध; desid. रुरुत्सति-ते) 1 To obstruct, stop, arrest, check, oppose, hinder; impede, prevent; इदं रुणद्धि मां पद्ममन्तः कूजितषट्पदम् V.4.21; रुद्धालोके नर- पतिपथे Me.39; प्राणापानगती रुद्ध्वा Bg.4.29. -2 To hold up, preserve, sustain (from falling); आशाबन्धः कुसुम- सदृशं प्रायशो ह्यङ्गनानां सद्यःपाति प्रणयि हृदयं विप्रयोगे रुणद्धि Me 1. -3 (a) To shut up, lock or block up, close up, shut or close; (with loc., but sometimes with two acc.); Bk.6.35; व्रजं रुणद्धि गाम् Sk. (b) To surround, fence or hem in. -4 To bind, confine; व्यालं बालमृणालतन्तुभिरसौ रोद्धुं समुज्जृम्भते Bh.2.6. -5 To besiege, invest, blockade; रुन्धन्तु वारणघटा नगरं मदीयाः Mu.4.17; अरुणद् यवनः साकेतं or माध्यमिकान् Mbh.; Bk.14.29. -6 To hide, cover, obscure, conceal. -7 To oppress, torment, afflict excessively. -Caus. 1 To cause to stop, detain, impede, obstruct. -2 To fetter, confine, chain. -3 To oppress, torment, harass. -II. 1 P. (रोधति) To grow, germinate; cf. रुह्. |
| |
| ruddha | रुद्ध p. p. 1 Obstructed, impeded, opposed. -2 Besieged, enclosed, hemmed. -3 Shut up. -4 Kept, detained. -5 Held, withheld. -6 Covered. -द्धा A siege. -Comp. -मूत्र a. suffering from retention of urine. -वक्त्र a. having the face covered. |
| |
| rūpaka | रूपक a. [रूप्-ण्वुल्] Bodily, corporeal. -2 Figurative (as words &c.). -कः A particular coin, a rupee. -कम् 1 Form, figure, shape (at the end of comp.). -2 Any manifestation or representation. -3 A sign, feature. -4 A kind, species. -5 A statue; चित्रतत्तदनुकार्यविभ्रमाधाय्य- नेकविधिरूपरूपकम् N.18.12; द्वारशाखोपशोभारूपकमात्रम् Ks. -6 A drama, play, a dramatic composition; (one of the two main subdivisions of dramatic compositions; it is divided into ten classes; there are eighteen minor divisions of it called उपरूपक); दृश्यं तत्राभिनेयं तद्रूपारोपात्तु रूपकम् S. D.272-3; also नाटकमथ प्रकरणं भाणव्यायोगसमव- कारडिमाः । ईहामृगाङ्कवीथ्यः प्रहसनमिति रूपकाणि दश S. D.; उच्चैरुच्च- रितपदां पपाठ नान्दीं प्रारम्भे द्रुतमययानरूपकस्य Śiva B.24.68. -7 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech corresponding to the English metaphor, in which the upameya is represented as being identical with the upamāna; तद्रूपकमभेदो य उपमानोपमेययोः K. P.1 (see ad loc. for details). -8 A kind of weight (= the gunjas). -Comp. -तालः a particular time in music. -नृत्यम् a kind of dance. -रूपकम् a particular kind of रूपक. -शब्दः a figurative or metaphorical expression. |
| |
| lag | लग् I. 1 P. (लगति, लग्न) 1 To adhere or stick to, cling to, attach oneself to; श्यामाथ हंसस्य करानवाप्तेर्मन्दाक्षलक्ष्या लगति स्म पश्चात् N.3.8; गमनसमये कण्ठे लग्ना निरुध्य निरुध्य माम् Māl.3.2. -2 To touch, come in contact with; लगितुमिव कृतप्रयत्ना K.193; कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते Pt.1.35; यथा यथा लगति शीतवातः Mk.5.1. -3 To touch, affect, have an effect on, go home; विदितोङ्गिते हि पुर एव जने सपदीरिताः खलु लगन्ति गिरः Śi.9.69. -4 To become united, to meet, cut (as lines). -5 To follow closely, ensue or happen immediately; अनावृष्टिः संपद्यते लग्ना Pt.1. -6 To engage, detain, occupy (one); तत्र दिनानि कतिचिल्लगिष्यन्ति Pt.4 'I shall be detained there for some days'. -II. 1 U. (लागयति-ते) 1 To taste. -2 To obtain. |
| |
| vārtraghnaḥ | वार्त्रघ्नः N. of Arjuna; अथ भूतानि वार्त्रघ्नशरेभ्यस्तत्र तत्रसुः Ki.15.1. वार्त्रघ्नीन्यायः vārtraghnīnyāyḥ वार्त्रघ्नीन्यायः (Mīmāṁsa) A rule of interpretation according to which a detail that cannot properly find connection with the primary or main matter should be understood as belonging to a subsidiary thereof. This is an exception to the मिथो$सम्बन्धन्याय (q. v.). This is discussed by Jaimini and Śabara at MS.3.1.23. |
| |
| vijayaḥ | विजयः 1 Overcoming, vanquishing, defeating. -2 Conquest, victory, triumph; दिग्विजयादारभ्य 'conquest of the world'; प्रभवति न तदा परो विजेतुं भवति जितेन्द्रियता यदात्मरक्षा Ki.1.35; R.12.44; Ku.3.19; अस्याधिज्ये धनुषि विजयम् Ś.2.16. -3 A chariot of the gods, celestial chariot. -4 N. of Arjuna; Mb. (4.44.14) thus explains the name:-- अभिप्रयामि संग्रामे यदहं युद्धदुर्मदान् । नाजित्वा विनिवर्तामि तेन मां विजयं विदुः ॥. -4 An epithet of Yama. -5 N. of the first year of Jupiter's cycle. -6 N. of an attendant of Viṣṇu. -7 Motion, march; L. D. B. -8 N. of a particular मुहूर्त; युक्ते मुहूर्ते विजये Rām.1.73.9. -9 The third month. -1 A kind of military array. -11 A kind of measure. -यम् A royal tent. -Comp. -अभ्युपायः a means of victory -आह्वय a. having the name Vijaya (i. e. Bijapur); तथा येदिलशाहो$पि पत्तने विजयाह्वये Śiva B.1.61. -ईशः N. of Śiva. -ऊर्जित a. exalted by victory; स प्रविश्य दिवं देवानजयद्विजयोर्जितः Bm.1.143. -कुञ्जरः a war-elephant. -छन्दः a necklace of 5 strings. -डिण्डिमः a large military drum. -दण्डः a particular detachment of an army. -द्वादशी the 12th day of the light half of श्रावण. -नगरम् N. of a town. -मर्दलः a large military drum. -श्रीः the goddess of victory. -सिद्धिः f. success, victory, triumph. |
| |
| vidhāraṇam | विधारणम् Stopping, detaining (a carriage). |
| |
| viniyukta | विनियुक्त p. p. 1 Separated, loosed, detached. -2 Attached to, appointed. -3 Applied to. -4 Commanded, enjoined. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. one who has his mind fixed on. |
| |
| viniyogaḥ | विनियोगः 1 Separation, parting, detachment. -2 Leaving, giving up, abandoning. -3 Employment, use, application, disposal; बभूव विनियोगज्ञः साधनीयेषु वस्तुषु R.17.67; प्राणायामे विनियोगः &c.; अनेनेदं तु कर्तव्यं विनियोगः प्रकीर्तितः ।; आर्ष छन्दश्च दैवत्यं विनियोगस्तथैव च Yogiyājñavalkya. -4 Appointment to a duty, commission, charge; विनि- योगप्रसादा हि किङ्कराः प्रभविष्णुषु Ku.6.62. -5 An obstacle, impediment. -6 Relation, corelation. |
| |
| viprayukta | विप्रयुक्त p. p. 1 Separated, severed, detached. -2 Separated from, being absent or away from (with instr. or in comp.); अबलाविप्रयुक्तः स कामी Me.2. -3 Freed or released from. -4 Deprived or destitute of, without (in comp.). |
| |
| viyukta | वियुक्त p. p. 1 Detached, severed, separated. -2 Separated from, deserted by; तया वियुक्तस्य विलग्नमध्यया V. 4.66. -3 Free from, deprived of (with instr. or in comp.). -4 Failing, deficient. -5 Disunited (as husband and wife); यथा नाभिचरेतां तौ वियुक्तावितरेतरम् Ms.9.12. |
| |
| vilamb | विलम्ब् 1 Ā. 1 To hang down, hang from, be suspended from; विभ्रत्या कौस्तुभं न्यासं स्तनान्तरविलम्बिनम् R.1.62. -2 To set, decline (as the sun &c.). -3 To stay or lag behind, stay or remain, wait, stand still; तां प्राङ्मुखीं तत्र निवेश्य तन्वीं क्षणं व्यलम्बन्त पुरो निषण्णाः Ku. 7.13. -4 To delay, be retarded; विलम्बितफलैः कालं निनाय स मनोरथैः R.1.33; किं विलम्ब्यते त्वरितं तं प्रवेशय U.1. -5 To rest or depend upon; कर्मणि निर्वाणविलम्बितानि Bhāg.1. 16.24. -Caus. To delay, detain. -2 To put off, retard, procrastinate, postpone. -3 To waste, lose. |
| |
| vivikta | विविक्त p. p. 1 Separated, detached, disjoined, abstracted; अपश्यमनेकानि गोसहस्राणि वर्णशो विविक्तानि Mb. 3.198.5; विविक्तवर्णभरणा Ki.14.3. -2 Lonely, solitary, retired, sequestered; विविक्तदेशसेवित्वमरतिर्जनसंसदि Bg.13. 1. -3 Single, alone. -4 Distinguished, discriminated; यथा विविक्तं यद्वक्त्रं गृह्णीमो युक्तिसंभवात् Bhāg.11.22.9. -5 Judicious; वेदवित्सु विविक्तेषु प्रेत्य स्वर्गं समश्नुते Ms.11.6. -6 Pure, faultless; स्त्रीपुंभिदा न तु सुतस्य विविक्तदृष्टेः Bhāg.1. 4.5; प्रत्यग्रमज्जनविशेषविविक्तमूर्तिः Ratn.1.19. -7 Profound (as a judgement or thought). -8 Intent on. -9 Devoid of, free from; प्रसन्नदिक्पांसुविविक्तवातम् Ku.1.23. -1 Having the knowledge, known; विविक्तपरव्यथो व्यथामाचरति Bhāg.5.26.17. -क्तम् 1 A lonely or solitary places; विविक्तादृते नान्यदुत्सुकस्य शरणमस्ति V.2; Ś.5.5; Śi.8.7; विविक्तसेवी Bg.18.52. -2 Loneliness, privacy, seclusion. -3 Clearness, purity. -क्ता An unlucky or ill-fated woman, one disliked by her husband (दुर्भगा). -Comp. -सेविन् a. seeking solitude, lonely. |
| |
| vistaraḥ | विस्तरः 1 Extension, expansion. -2 Minute details, detailed description, minute particulars; संक्षिप्तस्याप्यतो$- स्यैव वाक्यस्यार्थगरीयसः । सुविस्तरतरा वाचो भाष्यभूता भवन्तु मे Śi. 2.24; (विस्तरेण, विस्तरतः, विस्तरशः 'in detail, at length, fully, with minute details, with full particulars'; अङ्गुलिमुद्राधिगमं विस्तरेण श्रोतुमिच्छामि Mu.1; विस्तरेणात्मनो योगं विभूतिं च जनार्दन (भूयः कथय) Bg.1.18). -3 Prolixity, diffuseness; अलं विस्तरेण. -4 Abundance, quantity, multitude, number; उभे पुरवरे रम्ये विस्तरैरुपशोभिते Rām. 7.11.14. -5 A bed, layer. -6 A seat, stool. -7 Affectionate solicitation. -8 High degree, intensity. -9 (pl.) Great wealth, riches. |
| |
| vistāraḥ | विस्तारः 1 Spreading, extension, expansion; प्रान्त- विस्तारभाजाम् Māl.1.27. -2 Amplitude, breadth; पञ्चयोजन- विस्तारम् Mb.14.58.39; विलोकयन्त्यो वपुरापुरक्ष्णां प्रकाम- विस्तारफलं हरिण्यः R.2.11; तत एव च विस्तारम् Bg.13.3. -3 Expanse, vastness, magnitude; मध्ये श्यामः स्तन इव भुवः शेषविस्तारपाण्डुः Me.18. -4 Details, full particulars; कण्वो$पि तावच्छ्रुतविस्तारः क्रियताम् Ś.7. -5 The diameter of a circle. -6 A shrub. -7 The branch of a tree with new shoots. |
| |
| vyavacchid | व्यवच्छिद् 7 U. 1 To cut off, separate, detach from. -2 To interrupt. -3 To particularize, specify, distinguish. -4 To settle, ascertain; इति व्यवच्छिद्य स पाण्डवेयः Bhāg.1.19.7. |
| |
| vyāsaḥ | व्यासः 1 Distribution, separation into parts. -2 Dissolution or analysis of a compound. -3 Severalty, distinction. -4 Diffusion, extension; तस्यैव व्यासमिच्छामि ज्ञातुं ते भगवन् यथा Bhāg.6.4.2. -5 Width, breadth. -6 The diameter of a circle. -7 A fault in pronunciation. -8 Arrangement, compliation. -9 An arranger, a compiler; द्वैपायनो$स्मि व्यासानां कवीनां काव्य आत्मवान् Bhāg. 11.16.28. -1 N. of a celebrated sage. [He was the son of the sage Parāśara by Satyavatī (born before her marriage with Śantanu q. v.); but he retired to the wilderness as soon as he was born, and there led the life of a hermit, practising the most rigid austerities until he was called by his mother Satyavatī to beget sons on the widows of her son Vichitravīrya. He was thus the father of Pāṇḍu and Dhṛitarāṣṭra and also of Vidura; q. q. v. v. He was at first called 'Kṛiṣṇadvaipāyana' from his dark complexion and from his having been brought forth by Satyavatī on a Dvīpa or island; but he afterwards came to be called Vyāsa or 'the arranger,' as he was supposed to have arranged the Vedas in their present form; विव्यास वेदान् यस्मात् स तस्माद् व्यास इति स्मृतः cf. also जातः स यमुनद्वीपे द्वैपायन इति स्मृतः । व्यस्य वेदान् समस्ताश्च व्यासतामगमद्विभुः ॥ Bm.1.214. He is believed to be the author of the great epic, the Mahābhārata, which he is said to have composed with Gaṇapati for his scribe. The eighteen Purāṇas, as also the Brahma-sūtras and several other works are also ascribed to him. He is one of the seven chirajeevins or deathless persons; cf. चिरजीविन्.] -11 A Brāhmaṇa who recites or expounds the Purāṇas in public. -Comp. -पीठम् the seat of the an expounder of the Purāṇas -पूजा N. of the observance of honouring one's preceptor, performed on the 15th of the bright half of Āṣāḍha. -समास (dual) details and the aggregate; आयव्ययौ च व्याससमासाभ्यामाचक्षीत Kau. A.2.9. |
| |
| vyāsakta | व्यासक्त p. p. 1 Closely adhering to; व्यासक्तः सहसा द्विजोपहसितः नग्नो हरः पातु वः Udb. -2 Attached or devoted to, intent on, occupied or busy with (with loc.). -3 Separated, detached, disjoined. -4 Confused, bewildered. -5 Clasped, embraced. |
| |
| vyāsaṅgaḥ | व्यासङ्गः 1 Close adherence, intent attachment or application. -2 Intentness, devotion; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79. -3 Diligent study. -4 Attention; दानज्यानिविषादमूकमधुपव्यासङ्गदीनाननः Māl.9.33. -5 Detachment, separation. -6 Perplexity, confusion. -7 Addition. |
| |
| saṃyamita | संयमित p. p. 1 Restrained. -2 Bound, fettered. -3 Detained. -4 Assembled, collected. -5 Clasped (in the arms). -6 Piously disposed. -तम् Subduing (the voice). |
| |
| saṃrudh | संरुध् 7 U. 1 To obstruct, detain, stop; स चेत्तु पथि संरुद्धः पशुभिर्वा रथेन वा Ms.8.295. -2 To impede, obstruct, prevent; संरुद्धचेष्टस्य R.2.43. -3 To hold fast, enchain; तृणमिव लघु लक्ष्मीर्नैव तान् संरुणद्धि Bh.2.17. -4 To seize upon, grasp, catch hold of; अजाविके तु संरुद्धे वृकैः पाले त्वनायति Ms.8.235. -5 To besiege, blockade, invest. -6 To cover up, conceal. -7 To withhold, refuse. |
| |
| samutpaṭ | समुत्पट् 1 U. 1 To tear completely out, root up, eradicate. -2 To sever, detach. -3 To expel, drive out of. |
| |
| samutpāṭaḥ | समुत्पाटः 1 Eradication. -2 Detaching, severing, disjoining. |
| |
| samudāyaḥ | समुदायः 1 A collection, multitude &c. -2 A word of more than one syllable; see समुदय. -Comp. -अनुसमयः doing a group of details as a composite whole with reference to one thing, then with another and so on, (see अनुसमय). -प्रसिद्धिः denotation of an expression or word as a whole; न चावयवप्रसिद्ध्या समुदायप्रसिद्धिर्बाध्यते इत्युक्तम् ŚB. on MS.6.8.41. -शब्दः a collective expression; नायमेकान्तः यत् समुदायशब्देन संयोज्योच्यते तत् समुदितानामेव भवतीति ŚB. on MS.11.1.2. |
| |
| savistara | सविस्तर a. Detailed, minute, complete. -रम् ind. In detail, in etenso. |
| |
| sākamedhīyanyāyaḥ | साकमेधीयन्यायः The rule according to which an ectype (विकृति) sets aside a detail of its archetype (प्रकृतिधर्म) if it conficts with some detail (धर्म) which is expressly enjoined with reference to it. This is discussed and established by Jaimini and Śabara in MS. 5.1.19-22. |
| |
| sāhasra | साहस्र a. (-स्री f.) [सहस्र-अण्] 1 Relating to a thousand. -2 Consisting of a thousand. -3 Bought with a thousand. -4 Paid per thousand (as interest &c.). -5 A thousand-fold. -6 Exceedingly numerous. -स्रः An army or detachment consisting of a thousand men. -स्रम् An aggregate of a thousand; किरीटसाहस्रमणिप्रवेक- प्रद्योतिदोद्दामफणासहस्रम् Bhāg.3.8.6; (also साहस्रकम् in this sense). |
| |
| skandhaḥ | स्कन्धः [स्कन्द्यते आरुह्यते$सौ सुखेन शाखया वा कर्मणि घञ् पृषो˚; cf. Uṇ.4.26] 1 The shoulder; महर्षभस्कन्ध- मनूनकन्धरम् Ki.14.4. -2 The body; सूक्ष्मयोनीनि भूतानि तर्कगम्यानि कानिचित् । पक्ष्मणो$पि निपातेन येषां स्यात् स्कन्धपर्ययः ॥ Mb.12.15.26. -3 The trunk or stem of a tree; तीव्राघातप्रतिहततरुस्कन्धलग्नैकदन्तः Ś.1.32; R.4.57; Me.55. -4 A branch or large bough; स्कन्धाधिरूढोज्ज्वलनीलकण्ठान् Śi.4.7. -5 A department or branch of human knowledge; Śi.2.28. -6 A chapter, section, division (of a book). -7 A division or detachment of an army; द्वितीयं प्रेषयामास बलस्कन्धं युधिष्ठिरः Mb.5.196. 9; R.4.3. -8 A troop, multitude, group; 'स्कन्धः स्यान्नृपतौ वंशे साम्परायसमूहयोः' इति मेदिनी; Mb.14.45.1. -9 The five objects of sense. -1 The five forms of mundane consciousness (in Buddhistic phil.); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वाङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् Śi.2.28. -11 War, battle. -12 A king. -13 An agreement. -14 A road, way; Mb.3. -15 A wise or learned man. -16 A heron. -17 Articles used at the coronation of a king. -18 A part (अंश); तदवध्यानविस्रस्तपुण्यस्कन्धस्य भूरिदः Bhāg.11.23.1. -न्धा 1 A branch. -2 A creeper. -Comp. -अग्निः, -अनलः the trunk of a tree set on fire, fire made with thick logs. -आवारः 1 an army or a division of it; स्कन्धावारमसौ निवेश्य विषमे सौवेलमूर्ध्नि स्वयम् Mv.6.17; Dūtavākyam 1. -2 a royal capital or residence; तत्तु दृष्ट्वा पुरं तच्च स्कन्धावारं च पाण्डवाः Mb.1.185. 6. -3 a camp; स्कन्धावारनिवेशः Kau. A.1; उपप्लव्यं स गत्वा तु स्कन्धावारं प्रविश्य च Mb.5.8.25. -उपानेय a. to be carried on the shoulders. (-यः) a form of peaceoffering in which fruit or grain is presented, as a mark of submission. -घनः cognition; अन्यस्मिन् स्कन्धघने- $न्येन स्कन्धघनेन यज्ज्ञानं तत् तत्संततिजेनान्येनोपलभ्यते नातत्सं- ततिजेनान्येन । तस्मात् शून्याः स्कन्धघना इति ŚB. on MS.1.1.5. -चापः a sort of pole or yoke for carrying burdens; cf. शिक्य (Mar. काव़ड). -जः a tree growing from a principal stem. -तरुः the cocoa-nut-tree. -देशः 1 the shoulder; इदमुपहितसूक्ष्मग्रन्थिना स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19. -2 that part of the elephant's body, where the driver sits. -3 the stem of a tree. -परिनिर्वाणम् the annihilation of the elements of being (with Buddhists). -पीठम् the shoulder-blade. -फलः 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the Bilva tree. -3 the glomerous fig-tree. -बन्धना a sort of fennel. -मल्लकः a heron. -रुहः the (Indian) fig-tree. -वाहः, -वाहकः an ox trained to carry burdens, pack-bullock. -शाखा a principal branch, the forked branch issuing from the upper stem of a tree. -शृङ्गः a buffalo. -स्कन्धः every shoulder. |
29 results
| |
| ativiṣama | a. very dangerous; more dangerous than (ab.); very arduous; -visârin, a. of very wide scope; -vistara, m. excessive prolixity: -tas, ad. in a very detailed manner; -vistâra, m. great extent; -vis tîrna, pp. too extensive; -vihvala, a. very perplexed, greatly overcome. |
| |
| daṇḍakāṣṭha | n. wooden staff; -ghna, a. striking with a staff, committing assault; -kakra, n. detachment of an army -tâdana, n. chastisement with a stick; -tva, n. condition of a staff; -dâsa, m.slave for (non-payment of) a fine, one who serves out a fine; -dhara, a. wielding the rod or sceptre over, punishing, chastising (g.); m. prince, king; judge, magistrate; leader of a troop; ep. of Yama: -½adhipati, m. chief of judges, king; -dhâra, a. wielding the rod, exercising judicial authority: -ka, a. id.; -dhârana, n. bearing of a staff; employment of force; chastisement. |
| |
| daṇḍāvayava | m. detachment of an army. |
| |
| daṇḍādhipa | m. chief justice; -½adhipati, m. id.; -½anîka, n. detachment of an army; -½âpûpa-nyâya, m. manner of the stick and the cake (if the mouse has eaten the stick she must have eaten the cake also): ab.= as a matter of course from what precedes. |
| |
| nirdeśa | m. order, direction; descrip tion, designation; detail, particulars; -desya, fp. to be described, -determined; -dainya, a. cheerful; -dosha, a. faultless, free from blemish; infallible; innocent: -tâ,f. fault lessness. |
| |
| pṛthu | a. (v-&isharp; & in C. u) broad, wide, spacious, large, great; copious; far-extending; abundant, extensive, manifold, numerous; detailed; m. a measure of length (= pritha); N. |
| |
| prativighāta | m. warding off; -vitapam, ad. for every branch; -vidyam, ad. at every doctrine; -vidhâtavya, fp. to be employed; -provided against; n. impl. one should take care; -vidhâna, n.counter action, prevention, precaution against (g. or --°ree;); care or provision for (--°ree;); -vidhi, m. remedy for (--°ree;); -vidhitsâ, f. desire or in tention to counteract; -vidheya, fp. to be done against; -rejected; n. impl. one should take precautions; one should take measures against (lc.); -viparîta, pp. exactly opposite; -vibhâga, m. distribution, apportionment; -virati, ad. on each cessation or disappear ance; -visesha, m.peculiarity, particular circumstance; -viseshana, n. detailed speci fication; -visva, a. pl. all and sundry: lc. in all cases; -visha, a. containing an antidote; -vishaya, m. pl. all objects of sense: °ree;-or -m, ad. with regard to each individual object of sense; -vîta, pp. √ vyâ; -vîra, m. op ponent; equal antagonist; -vrittântam, ad. according to the saying, as they say; -vri sha, m. hostile bull; -vedam, ad. in the case of or for every Veda; -vedântam, ad. in every Upanishad; -velam, ad. at every opportunity; -vesa, a. neighbouring; aux iliary, subordinate, minor; m. neighbour; neighbouring house; -vesin, a. neighbouring; m. neighbour; -vesma, ad. in every house; -vesman, n. neighbouring house; -vesya, m. neighbour; -vaira, n. counter-hostility, re venge; -vodhavya, fp. to be carried home. |
| |
| pratyavanejana | n. renewed ablution; -bhâsa, m. appearance before any one; -marsa, m. inward contemplation of, absorption in (--°ree;); counter-conclusion, re consideration; -marsana, n.inward contem plation, reflexion; -marsa-vat, a. contempla tive, reflective; -yava, °ree;-or -m, ad. on every part of the body; for every part, singly, in detail. |
| |
| prapakva | a. inflamed (med.); -pak sha, m. tip of a wing; -pañka, m. expansion, prolixity, amplification, of (g. or --°ree;); phe nomenon; manifestation or form of (g.); phenomenal world (ph.); mutual flattery (rh.); ludicrous dialogue (dr.): in. or -tas, ad. in detail, -pañka-ka, a. (ikâ) multiply ing (--°ree;); amplifying, explaining in detail; -pañkana, n. detailed or prolix account; -pañka-buddhi, a. crafty, wily; -pañka-ya,den. describe or explain in detail; represent in a false light; -pañka-vakana, n. prolix discourse; -paná, m. trade, barter, purchase; -patana, n. flying away; falling down, from (ab. or --°ree;), into (lc. or --°ree;); -patti, f.pious resignation; (á)-patha, m. onward way, journey; road; -pathín, a. wandering; -pad, f. 1. road; 2. (prá-) fore part of the foot; (prá) pada, n. fore part or tip of the foot; -pada na, n. entry, into (--°ree;); -padam, ad. reciting in such a manner as to cut up verses into sec tions of an equal number of syllables and to interpose between them formulae contain ing the word prapadye (Br.); -panna, pp. (√ pad) reached, arrived; attained, obtained: -pâla, m. protector of suppliants (Krishna); -palâyana, n. flight; -palâyin, a. fleeing, fugitive; -p&asharp;, f. water-tank, reservoir, well; water-hut for travellers; affluent (of a tank etc.); -pâka, m.ripening (of an ulcer etc.); digestion; -pâtha: -ka, m. lesson (subsection in books); -pâni, m. fore-arm: -ka, m. id.; -pându, a. very white: -ra, a. id.; -pâta, m. kind of flight; leaping forward; hasten ing away; fall, from (ab. or --°ree;), into (lc. or --°ree;); falling out (of the hair); effusion (of semen); fall (of a glance on anything); steep declivity, precipice; -pâtana, n. felling, cast ing down; directing or causing (the eye) to alight (--°ree;);-pâna, n. drinking; -pâ-pâlikâ, -pâ-pâlî, f. female watcher of a water-tank, well, or water-hut; -pâ-mandapa, m. water hut (for travellers); -pâlaka, m. protector, guardian; -pâlana, n. guarding, protecting. |
| |
| praviṣaya | m. range: -m drishter gam, become visible; -vishta, pp. (√ vis) en tered (act. & ps.): -ka, n. air of entering the stage (only in. sg. as a stage direction); -vish- takâ-ya, den. Â. appear in person; -vistara, m. extent: in. in great detail; -vistâra, m. id.; -vi-spashta, pp. perfectly evident. |
| |
| prācurya | n. copiousness, abun dance, plenty; amplitude, prolixity; preva lence, currency: in. for the most part; in detail. |
| |
| bahuvaktavya | fp. about which much can be said; -vakaná, n. plural; case and personal terminations of the plural; -vat, a. in the plural; -varna, a. many-coloured; -valkala, m.=Priyâla tree (Buchanania latifolia); -vâdín, a. talking much, loquacious; -vâra: -ka, m. a. small tree (Cordia Myxa): -phala, n. its fruit (=Selu); -vâram, ad. frequently, often; -vârshika, a. (î) many years old; lasting many years; -vâla, a. hairy, shaggy (tail); -vighna, a. attended with many difficulties; -víd, a. knowing much; -vidya, a. having much knowledge, learned; -vidha, a. of many sorts, manifold, various: -m, ad. variously, repeatedly; -vistara, m. great extension; a. wide-spread; manifold, various; very detailed; -vistâra, a. of wide extent; -vistîrna, pp. wide-spread; -vîrya, a. of great strength, very efficacious; -velam, ad. ofttimes, frequently; -vyâla nishevita, pp. infested by many beasts of prey; -vrîhi, m. (having much rice), possessive adjective compound: the last member is a substantive, the whole compound becoming an adjective qualifying another substantive and agreeing with it in gender; these possessives often become substantives to designate a species (a generic term being under stood) or an individual as a proper name (a specific term being understood): e.g. bahu vrîhih (sc. samâsah), m. a &open;much-rice&close; com pound; Brihadasvah, m. Many-horse (sc. man: cp. Gr. Philippos, horse-loving, and Engl. Great-head). The term bahuvrîhi being an instance is used to designate the whole class. |
| |
| bṛhannala | m. kind of tall reed; m. or â, f. N. assumed by Arguna when he en tered into the service of Virâta as an herma phrodite; -manu, m. the large (=detailed) Manu. |
| |
| mukta | pp. (√ muk) set free, released, from (in., ab.); loosened, detached, fallen or dropped down (fruit); relaxed, languid (limbs); loose (reins); quitted, left free (road), left bare (bank); just left by the sun (cardinal point); abandoned, given up; laid or cast aside (clothes); deposited (flowers); gone, vanished (esp. --°ree;, a.); shed (tears); uttered (sound); sent forth, emitted; thrown down, cast, discharged, hurled; applied (kick); having cast oneself down; delivered from sin or the bonds of existence, emancipated; destitute of (in. or --°ree;); m. N. of a cook. |
| |
| muktaka | a. detached, independent; n. independent sloka (the meaning of which is complete in itself); simple prose (without compound words); -kantha, a. or -m, ad. with krand or rud, shout or cry (with relaxed throat=) at the top of one's voice; -kara, a. open-handed, liberal; -kesa, a. (â, î) having loose or dishevelled hair; -tâ, f., -tva, n. deliverance from the bonds of existence, final emancipation; -nidra, a.awakened; -bandh ana, a. released from bonds; -buddhi, a. having one's soul emancipated; -vasana, m. (having cast aside raiment), Jain monk (=dig-ambara); -sâpa, a. having a curse laid aside, released from a curse;-sikha, a. having the top-knot loosened, having the hair hanging down; -saisava, a. (having left childhood behind), grown up; -samsaya, a. free from doubt, undoubted; -sûryâ, a. f. with dis, quarter just quitted by the sun; -svâmin, m. N. of a temple; -hasta, a. open handed, bountiful, liberal. |
| |
| yathāvakāśam | ad. accord ing to space; into the proper place; accord ing to or on the first opportunity; -vakana kârin, a. acting according to orders, obedient; -vakanam, ad. according to the expression; -vat, ad. exactly as it is or should be, accord ing to usage, in due order, suitably, fitly, cor rectly, accurately;=yathâ, as (rare); -vay as, ad. according to age; of the same age; -vasám, ad. according toone's will or pleasure (V.); -½avasaram, ad. at every opportunity; -vastu, ad. in accordance with the facts, ac curately, truly; -½avastham, ad. in accord ance with the condition or circumstances; -½avasthita½artha-kathana, n. description of a matter in accordance with facts; -½âvâs am, ad. to one's respective dwelling; -vit tam, ad. in accordance with the find; in pro portion to property; -vidha, a. of what kind; -vidhânam, ad.according to prescription or rule, duly; -vidhânena, in ad. id.; -vidhi, ad. id.; in due form, suitably; according to the deserts of (g.); -viniyogam, ad. in the order stated; -vibhava, °ree;--, -m, or -tas, ad. in proportion to means or income; -vibhâg am, ad. in accordance with the share; -vi shayam, ad. according to the thing in ques tion; -vîrya, a. having what strength: -m, ad. in proportion or with regard to valour; -vritta, pp. as happened; how conducting oneself: °ree;-or -m, ad. as it happened, in ac cordance with the facts, circumstantially; according to the metre; n. previous event; ac tual facts, details of an event; -vrittânta, m.(?) experience, adventure; -vriddha, °ree;-or -m, according to age, by seniority; -vyavahâram, ad. in accordance with usage; -vyutpatti, ad. according to the degree of culture; -sakti, -saktyâ, ad. according to one's power, to the utmost of one's power, as far as possible; -½âsayam, ad. according to wish; according to the conditions or premises; -sâstra, °ree;-or -m, according to prescribed rules or the in stitutes of the law; -sîlam, ad.according to the character; -sraddhám, ad. according to inclination; -½âsramam, ad. according to the stage of religious life; -½âsrayam, ad. in re gard to the connexion; -srâddham, ad. in accordance with the funeral feast; -srutam, pp. as heard of: -m, ad. as one heard it; in accordance with knowledge; incorr. for -sruti; -sruti, ad. according to the precepts of the Veda; -samstham, ad. according to circum stances; -sakhyam, ad. in proportion to friend ship; -samkalpita, pp. as wished; -sam khyam, -samkhyena, ad. according to num ber, number for number, in such a way that the numbers of two equal series correspond numerically (the first to the first, the second to the second, etc.); -sa&ndot;gam, ad. according to need, adequately; -satyam, ad. in accord ance with truth, truthfully; -samdishtam, ad. as directed; -½âsannam, ad. as soon as come near; -samayam,ad. at the proper time; -samarthitam, ad. as has been con sidered good; -samâmnâtam, ad. as men tioned; -samîhita, pp. as desired: -m, ad. according to wish (Pr.); -samuditám, ad. as agreed; -sampad, ad. as it happens; -sam pratyayam, ad. according to agreement; -sampradâyam, ad. as handed down; -sam bandham, ad. according to the relationship; -sambhava, a. corresponding as far as pos sible: -m, ad. according to the connexion, respectively; -sambhavin, a., -sambhâvita, pp. corresponding; -sâma, ad. according to the sequence of the Sâmans; -sâram, ad. ac cording to the quality; -siddha, pp. as hap pening to be ready; -sukha,°ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure; at ease, comfortably; pleasantly, conveniently; -sukha-mukha, a. facing any way one pleases; -sûktam, ad. hymn by hymn; -sûkshma, a. pl. according to size from the smallest onwards: -m,ad.; -½astam, ad. to one's respective home; -sthâna, n. proper place (only lc. sg. & pl.); a. being in the proper place: (á)-m, ad. to or in the proper place; -sthitam, ad. according to one's stand; as it stands, certainly, surely; -sthiti, ad. according to custom, as usual; -sthûla, °ree;-or -m, ad. in the rough, without going into detail; -smriti, ad. according to one's recollection; according to the rules of the law-books; -sva, a. one's (his, their) respective: °ree;-or -m, ad. each his own, each individually or in his own way, respectively; -svaira, °ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure, without restraint; -½âhâra, a. eating whatever comes to hand. |
| |
| lalita | pp. quivering, tremulous; artless, naive, innocent; lovely, charming, beautiful; desired, liked; pleasing, agree able; n. sport; natural, artless act; artless ness, grace, charm; beauty, splendour: -pa da, a. consisting of sweet words, pleasingly composed; -lalita, pp. extremely lovely; -lokana, a. fair-eyed: â, f. N. of a fairy; -vistara, m. detailed description of the art less acts of Sâkyamuni, T. of a Buddhistic Sûtra. |
| |
| vākyādhyāhāra | m. supple menting a sentence; -½artha, m. meaning or purport of a sentence: -½upamâ, f. simile in which two objects are compared in detail; -½alamkâra, m. ornament of speech or of the sentence. |
| |
| viguṇa | a. lacking a string; lacking in some quality, deficient, in (--°ree;); ineffective (command, i. e. one not carried out); adverse (fate); lacking qualities; destitute of merits, worthless, bad (person); changed in quality, disordered (bodily humour): -tâ, f. disordered condition; -gunî-kri, detach the string of a bow (ac.); -gulpha, a. abundant (S.). |
| |
| vibhaṅga | m. contraction (of the brows); furrow; interruption, stoppage, frus tration; deception; wave; -bhaganîya, fp. to be distributed; -bhaya, n. freedom from danger; a. exposed to no danger; -bhava, a. rich (E., rare); m. omnipresence (rare); development (rare); might, power, majesty, greatness, exalted position (ord. mg.); wealth, property; luxury: -tas, according to rank (dr.); according to one'specuniary circum stances, -mati, m. N. of a princess, -vat, a. wealthy; -bhavin, a. id.; -bh&asharp;, a. shin ing (V.); f. splendour, beauty (C.): -kara, m. (light-maker), sun; king; -bhâgá, m. V.: distribution, apportionment; C.: parti tion of inheritance; division; share, in (--°ree;); portion, constituent part; numerator of a fraction; separation, distinction, difference: in. separately, singly, in detail: -rekhâ, f. boundary line between (g.), -vat-tâ, f. separation, distinction, -sas, ad. part by part, in parts, singly; according to (--°ree;). |
| |
| vistara | a. [√ stri] extensive (very rare); m. extent; multitude; large company; number of things, -connected with athg.; detail, minute particulars, detailed descrip tion, diffuseness (ord. mg.): --°ree; sts.=exten sive; in., ab., -tas, -sas, in detail, with full particulars: -tâ, f. extension. |
| |
| vistāra | m. extension, expansion, extent; detail, detailed enumeration or de scription; -stârana, n. stretching out (of the feet); -stâr-in, a. spreading, extensive, broad; -stîrna, pp. (√ strî) extensive, wide, etc.: -karna, a. extending the ears; broad eared; m. elephant, -tâ, f. spaciousness; -striti, f. extent; breadth. |
| |
| vyākṛti | f. separation, discrimina tion (Br.); detailed description (C.); explana tion (C.); -kopa, m. contradiction; -kosa, a. expanded, blown; open (hand): -kokanada, a. having expanded red lotuses: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -kriyâ, f. evolution, creation; -krosa, m. revilement, abuse; -krosî, f. id.; screech; -kshepa, m. abuse (rare); distraction (of mind); -kshepin, a. driving away (--°ree;); -khyâ, f. explanation, exposition, comment; -khyâtavya, fp. to be explained; -khyâtri, m. expounder; -khy&asharp;na, a. (î) C.: explain ing, elucidating; reminding of, resembling (g.); n. narration (Br.); recitation (Br.); explanation, exposition, comment (Br., C.); -khyâna-ya, den. P. communicate, narrate (Pr.); -khyâ-sthâna, n. school; -khyeya, fp. to be explained; -ghattanâ, f. friction; -ghâta, m. blow, stroke, shot, impact; defeat; commotion, agitation; hindrance, obstacle; (logical) contradiction; a rhetorical figure in which opposite effects are shown to arise from the same cause; an astronomical Yoga; -ghârana, n. sprinkling around (in ritual). |
| |
| vyākaraṇa | n. separation, dis crimination (rare); development, creation (rare); (analysis), grammar; grammatical correctness; -kartri, m. developer, creator; -kâra, m. development, detailed description; -kîrna, pp. (√ krî); n. confusion of cases. |
| |
| vyāsasamāsatas | ad. in a detailed and a concise manner; -samâsin, a. detailed and concise. |
| |
| vyāsa | m. [√ 2. as] separation; de tailed account (in., ab., -tas, in detail); N. (arranger) of a mythical sage, the reputed editor or compiler of various extensive works (the Vedas, the Mahâbhârata, the Purânas, the Vedânta etc.), and regarded as the son of Parâsara and Satyavatî. |
| |
| vyādīrgha | a. long extended; -de- sa, m. detailed or special injunction. |
| |
| vyūha | m. shifting, displacement; dis traction (of semi-vowels or compound vowels); distribution, disposition (rare); military ar ray, troops in battle-array (ord. mg.); ag gregate, host, multitude; Purushottama's quaternity as Vâsudeva, Samkarshana, Pradyumna, and Aniruddha; detailed ex position (rare); section, chapter: -rakanâm vi-dhâ, assume a warlike attitude. |
| |
| suvitta | a. having abundant wealth, rich; -vidagdha, pp. very cunning; -vidátra, a. noticing kindly, benevolent, propitious (V.); n. benevolence, favour (V.); -vidatr-íya, a. id. (RV.1); (sú)-vidita, pp.well-known; -vidyâ, f. good knowledge; -vidha, a. of a good kind; -vidhâna, n. good order or arrangement: -tas, ad. duly; -vidhi, m. suitable manner: in. suitably; -vinîta, pp. well-trained (horses); well-bred; -vipula, a.very great, abundant, etc.; (sú)-vipra, a. very devout (RV.1); -vimala, a. very clear or pure; -virûdha, pp. (√ ruh) fully developed; -visada, a. very distinct or intelligible; -visâla, a. very ex tensive; m. N. of an Asura;-visuddha, pp. perfectly pure; -visvasta, pp. full of confi dence, quite unconcerned; -vistara, m. great extent; great diffuseness: ab. very fully, in great detail: -m yâ, be filled (treasury); a. very extensive or large; very great, intense, or intimate etc.: -m, ad. in great detail, at full length; very vehemently; -vistîrna, pp. very extensive or great: -m, ad. in a very detailed manner; -vismaya, a. greatly sur prised or astonished; -vismita, pp. id.; -vi hita, pp. well carried out or fulfilled; well provided, with (in.); -vihvala, a. greatly exhausted, perturbed or distressed; -vîthî patha, m. a certain entrance to a palace; -v&isharp;ra, V. a. very mighty, heroic; having, abounding, or consisting in, retainers or heroes; m. hero (V.); -v&isharp;rya, n. manly vigour, heroism (V., very rare in E.): pl. heroic deeds; abundance of brave men, host of heroes (V.); a. (C.) very efficacious (herb); -v-riktí, f. [for su½rikti: √ rik] excellent praise, hymn (RV.); a. praising excellently (RV.); praiseworthy (V.); -vriksha, m. fine tree; -vrigána, a. dwelling in fair regions (RV.1); -vrít, V. a. (revolving=) running well (car); -vritta, pp. well-rounded; well conducted, virtuous (esp. of women; ord. mg.); composed in a fine metre; n. good conduct: â, f. N.: (a)-tâ, f. round shape and good conduct; -vriddha, pp. very old (family); -vrídh, a. glad, joyful (RV.); -vega, a. run ning, moving, or flying very fast; -vena, m. N.; -véda, a. easy to find or obtain (V.); -vesha, a. beautifully dressed or adorned: -vat, a. id.; -vyakta, pp. very clear or bright; quite distinct: -m, ad. quite clearly, manifestly; -vyasta, pp. thoroughly dis persed (army); -vyâhrita, (pp.) n. fine say ing; -vratá, a. ruling well (V.); fulfilling one's duties well, very virtuous (C.: often vc.); quiet, gentle (of animals; C., rare); m. N.; -samsa, a. (RV.) blessing bountifully (god); saying good things, pronouncing bless ings (men); -sákti, f. easy possibility, easy matter (RV.1); -sám&ibrevcirc;, in. ad. carefully, dili gently (V.);-saraná, a. granting secure refuge (RV.); -sárman, a. id. (V.); very pleasant (C.); m. frequent N.; -sasta, pp. well-recited (Br.); -sastí, f. good hymn of praise (V.); a. praiseworthy (RV.); -sânta, pp. very calm (water);-sâsita, pp. well controlled, well-disciplined (wife); -sikha, a. having a bright flame (lamp); -sithilî-kri, greatly relax; -siprá (sts. -sípra), a. having beautiful cheeks (RV.); (sú)-si-sv-i, a. √ sû: cp. sisu] growing well (in the womb; RV.1); (sú)-sishti, f. excellent aid (RV.1); -sishya, m. good pupil; -sîghrá, °ree;-or -m, ad. very swiftly; -sîta, a. quite cool or cold; -sîtala, a. id.; -s&isharp;ma, a. [√ sî] pleasant to recline on (Br., rare); -sîma-kâma, a. [hav ing deep-seated love] deeply in love; -sîla, n. good disposition; a. having a good dispo sition, good-tempered; m. N.: -guna-vat, a. having good nature and other good quali ties, -tâ, f. good nature, -vat, a. good natured; -subha, a. very fine (arm); very auspicious (day); very noble (deed); -séva, a. very kindly, loving, tender, or dear (V.); very prosperous (path; Br.); -sóka, a. shin ing brightly (RV.1);-sobhana, a. very hand some or beautiful; most excellent; -skandrá, a. very brilliant (V.); -srávas, a. very famous (V., P.); hearing well or gladly (V.); m. N.; N. of a Nâga; -srânta, pp. greatly exhausted; -sr&isharp;, a.splendid; rich; (sú)-sruta, pp. very famous (RV.1); C.: correctly heard; gladly heard; m. N. of a celebrated medical writer; N. of a son of Padmodbhava; -sronî, a. f. hav ing beautiful hips; -slakshna, a. very smooth, soft,or delicate; -slishta, pp. well-joined or united; well-ratified, very close (alliance); very convincing (argument): -guna, a. hav ing a well-fastened band: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -slesha, a. attended with a close embrace, with a euphonious coalescence of words, or with the rhetorical figure termed slesha; (sú-)-sloka, a. sounding, speaking etc. well (V., P.); famous (P.); -slok-ya, n. fame or well-sounding speech. |
Concordance
29 results0 results6 results
| |
| apa | tam indrāgnī bhuvanān nudetām # KS.31.14c; TB.3.7.6.14c; Apś.4.8.5c. |
| |
| ād | id vandeta varuṇaṃ vipā girā # SV.1.288c. |
| |
| idaṃ | havir juṣamāṇā udeta # AVP.2.40.1c. |
| |
| uta | svena kratunā saṃ vadeta # RV.10.31.2c. |
| |
| paścāt | prāñca udeta (AVP. udetana) # AVś.11.6.18b; AVP.15.14.8b. |
| |
| brahmā | sumedhāḥ so asmin madeta # AVś.9.1.6c. |
"deta" has 130 results
195 results
| ||
| asańga | detachment | SB 11.13.40 |
| ||
| asańgaḥ | detachment | SB 11.19.33-35 |
| ||
| SB 3.32.27 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.22.21 | ||
| ||
| asańgam | detachment | SB 11.25.16 |
| ||
| SB 11.3.23 | ||
| ||
| asańgamaḥ | detachment | SB 11.19.36-39 |
| ||
| aspṛhā | detachment from sense gratification | SB 11.25.2-5 |
| ||
| bhańgaḥ | detachment | SB 2.8.20 |
| ||
| ekānta-bhūtāni | detached | SB 6.18.30 |
| ||
| ekānta-bhūtāni | detached | SB 6.18.30 |
| ||
| jāta-vairāgyaḥ | detachment is born | SB 3.27.27 |
| ||
| jāta-vairāgyaḥ | detachment is born | SB 3.27.27 |
| ||
| nairapekṣya | detachment from material things | SB 11.19.40-45 |
| ||
| niḥsańgaḥ | detached from material association | SB 10.52.3 |
| ||
| nirapekṣakam | detached | SB 11.13.40 |
| ||
| nirvedaḥ | detachment | SB 11.18.38 |
| ||
| SB 11.23.28 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.8.27 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.8.28 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.8.29 | ||
| ||
| nirvedaḥ | detachment from sense gratification | SB 11.8.37 |
| ||
| nirviṇṇa | detached | CC Antya 9.139 |
| ||
| nirviṣayam | detached from sense objects | SB 3.28.35 |
| ||
| nivṛtti | detachment | SB 3.7.12 |
| ||
| rākhilā | detained | CC Antya 1.20 |
| ||
| uparatiḥ | detachment | SB 3.25.13 |
| ||
| vairāgya | detachment | SB 1.2.12 |
| ||
| SB 1.9.26 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.19.13 | ||
| ||
| vairagya | detachment | SB 11.19.8 |
| ||
| vairāgya | detachment | SB 3.5.42 |
| ||
| SB 5.5.28 | ||
| ||
| vairāgya | detachment from everything that does not help develop Kṛṣṇa consciousness | CC Madhya 6.254 |
| ||
| vairāgyaḥ | detachment | SB 11.9.30 |
| ||
| vairāgyam | detachment | BG 18.51-53 |
| ||
| SB 1.2.7 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.89.14-17 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.19.25 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.19.27 | ||
| ||
| SB 3.32.23 | ||
| ||
| SB 3.7.39 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.29.36-37 | ||
| ||
| vilambitaḥ | detained | SB 4.20.20 |
| ||
| virāga | detachment | SB 4.22.26 |
| ||
| virāgaḥ | detached | SB 3.29.3 |
| ||
| virāgāḥ | detached | SB 3.32.10 |
| ||
| virāgaḥ | detachment | SB 11.18.12 |
| ||
| SB 3.3.22 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.13.36 | ||
| ||
| virakta | detached | CC Madhya 10.8 |
| ||
| viraktaḥ | detached | SB 10.80.6 |
| ||
| SB 11.18.23 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.20.18 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.9.67 | ||
| ||
| viraktaḥ | detached from external manifestations | SB 11.18.28 |
| ||
| viraktaḥ | detached from material enjoyment | SB 11.11.11 |
| ||
| viraktiḥ | detachment | CC Madhya 23.18-19 |
| ||
| SB 11.2.42 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.2.43 | ||
| ||
| viraktiḥ | detachment from sense enjoyment | SB 1.16.26-30 |
| ||
| vistāra | detailed description | CC Adi 10.32 |
| ||
| vivaraṇa | detailed information | CC Madhya 16.157 |
| ||
| vivaraṇa | details | CC Antya 9.85 |
| ||
| viyujya | detaching | SB 6.2.41 |
| ||
| vṛttānta | details | CC Adi 16.14 |
| ||
| abhidheya-vivaraṇa | description of the means (devotional service) in detail | CC Madhya 22.166 |
| ||
| ācacakṣuḥ | informed in full detail | SB 6.2.21 |
| ||
| ādi | by artificially practicing detachment, by the mechanical practice of yoga, by studying the Sāńkhya philosophy, and so on | CC Madhya 19.167 |
| ||
| akiñcanānām | of persons who have taken to austerities and penances to become detached from worldly possessions | SB 6.7.36 |
| ||
| amańgalaḥ | a little inauspicious in some other detail | SB 8.8.22 |
| ||
| añjasā | in detail | SB 3.4.18 |
| ||
| anukathanam | the detailed description | SB 12.12.19 |
| ||
| apaviddhaḥ | being detained | SB 5.24.23 |
| ||
| asaṃsaktaḥ | completely detached from sense gratification | SB 11.11.12-13 |
| ||
| asańga-śastreṇa | by the weapon of detachment | BG 15.3-4 |
| ||
| asańga | by detachment | SB 5.3.11 |
| ||
| asańga | by detachment from the association of worldly people | SB 5.12.16 |
| ||
| asańga | through detachment | SB 11.11.12-13 |
| ||
| asańgaḥ | completely detached | SB 5.12.15 |
| ||
| asańgamena | with detachment | SB 3.29.16 |
| ||
| asańgāt | being detached from anything else | SB 4.24.17 |
| ||
| aśeṣeṇa | in detail | BG 10.16 |
| ||
| aśeṣeṇa | in detail | BG 18.29 |
| ||
| upaśama-āśrayam | fixed in detachment from material affairs | SB 11.3.21 |
| ||
| sarva-svarūpaḥ babhau | created everything in detail as Himself, without any change | SB 10.13.19 |
| ||
| vivikta-cetāḥ | one whose mind is detached from worldly affairs | SB 1.19.12 |
| ||
| nivṛtti-dharma | in religious activities for detachment | SB 3.32.6 |
| ||
| dveṣa | and detachment | BG 2.64 |
| ||
| dveṣau | also detachment | BG 3.34 |
| ||
| eta śuni' | hearing all these details | CC Antya 9.94 |
| ||
| etat | all these details | SB 10.1.12 |
| ||
| jāta-virāgāya | to him who has developed detachment | SB 3.32.42 |
| ||
| jāta-sunirvedaḥ | (Ajāmila) who had become detached from the material conception of life | SB 6.2.39 |
| ||
| jñāna-vairāgya | of real knowledge and detachment | SB 6.17.31 |
| ||
| kailā vivaraṇa | described in detail | CC Antya 20.133 |
| ||
| kārtsnyena | in detail | SB 4.6.1-2 |
| ||
| kṛtsnaśaḥ | in great detail | SB 2.9.46 |
| ||
| kṛtyam | the details of performance | SB 10.71.39 |
| ||
| nivṛtti-mān | containing detachment | SB 3.32.34-36 |
| ||
| sarva-marma | everything in detail | CC Madhya 8.289 |
| ||
| nirveda-mūlaḥ | the source of detachment | SB 1.19.14 |
| ||
| na nirviṇṇaḥ | not falsely detached | CC Madhya 22.50 |
| ||
| nairapekṣyam | achieved only by complete detachment | SB 11.14.17 |
| ||
| niḥsańgena | by detachment | SB 4.8.31 |
| ||
| nirveda-mūlaḥ | the source of detachment | SB 1.19.14 |
| ||
| nirveda | of detachment | SB 11.8.38 |
| ||
| nirvidya | being completely detached | SB 4.30.18 |
| ||
| nirvidya | being detached | SB 11.13.29 |
| ||
| nirvidya | becoming detached | SB 11.23.58 |
| ||
| nirvidyeta | becomes detached | SB 4.13.46 |
| ||
| nirvidyeta | becomes detached | SB 11.8.42 |
| ||
| nirviṇṇaḥ | completely detached from material desires | SB 7.10.2 |
| ||
| nirviṇṇaḥ | feeling detached | SB 11.26.4 |
| ||
| na nirviṇṇaḥ | not falsely detached | CC Madhya 22.50 |
| ||
| nirvṛtaḥ | being detached from the world | SB 2.2.6 |
| ||
| niṣkiñcanānām | who are completely detached from material possessions | CC Madhya 22.53 |
| ||
| niṣkiñcanānām | who are completely detached from material possessions | CC Madhya 25.85 |
| ||
| niṣkiñcanasya | of a person who has completely detached himself from material enjoyment | CC Madhya 11.8 |
| ||
| nivṛttam | materially detached | SB 4.4.20 |
| ||
| nivṛttam | the process of detachment | SB 4.29.13 |
| ||
| nivṛttasya | one who is detached | SB 3.7.3 |
| ||
| nivṛtti-dharma | in religious activities for detachment | SB 3.32.6 |
| ||
| nivṛtti-mān | containing detachment | SB 3.32.34-36 |
| ||
| nivṛtti | of detachment | CC Adi 17.156 |
| ||
| nivṛtti | of detachment | CC Adi 17.156 |
| ||
| paripṛṣṭa | inquired in detail | SB 10.58.7 |
| ||
| prapūjayet | he should carry out all the details of worship | SB 11.27.24 |
| ||
| sa-tattva | with all details | SB 2.7.19 |
| ||
| sa-vistaram | in all details | SB 3.3.2 |
| ||
| samācakhyuḥ | they described in detail | SB 10.20.1 |
| ||
| samaprākṣīt | inquired in detail | SB 9.14.13 |
| ||
| samudāhṛtam | described in all details | SB 8.16.58 |
| ||
| sarva-svarūpaḥ babhau | created everything in detail as Himself, without any change | SB 10.13.19 |
| ||
| sarva-marma | everything in detail | CC Madhya 8.289 |
| ||
| sarvam | everything in detail | SB 10.13.19 |
| ||
| asańga-śastreṇa | by the weapon of detachment | BG 15.3-4 |
| ||
| siddhānta śikhāilā | You have taught the topmost conclusions in detail | CC Madhya 23.120 |
| ||
| siddhānta śikhāilā | You have taught the topmost conclusions in detail | CC Madhya 23.120 |
| ||
| upaśama-śīla | completely detached from all material attachments | SB 5.8.30 |
| ||
| vana-sthaḥ | vānaprastha, one who, after retirement from family life, goes to the forest to learn how to be detached from family life | CC Madhya 13.80 |
| ||
| śuddhaḥ | without the material contamination of attachment and detachment | SB 7.7.19-20 |
| ||
| sūkṣma | in detail | CC Adi 16.84 |
| ||
| eta śuni' | hearing all these details | CC Antya 9.94 |
| ||
| jāta-sunirvedaḥ | (Ajāmila) who had become detached from the material conception of life | SB 6.2.39 |
| ||
| sarva-svarūpaḥ babhau | created everything in detail as Himself, without any change | SB 10.13.19 |
| ||
| tantra-uktena | which are described by the tantras (the supplementary Vedic literatures that give detailed instructions for spiritual practice) | SB 11.3.47 |
| ||
| sa-tattva | with all details | SB 2.7.19 |
| ||
| tattva | on the details | MM 46 |
| ||
| tantra-uktena | which are described by the tantras (the supplementary Vedic literatures that give detailed instructions for spiritual practice) | SB 11.3.47 |
| ||
| upaśama-śīla | completely detached from all material attachments | SB 5.8.30 |
| ||
| upaśama-āśrayam | fixed in detachment from material affairs | SB 11.3.21 |
| ||
| upavarṇanam | the detailed description | SB 12.12.16 |
| ||
| vairāgya | by detachment | SB 3.31.48 |
| ||
| jñāna-vairāgya | of real knowledge and detachment | SB 6.17.31 |
| ||
| vairāgya | by detachment | SB 11.9.11 |
| ||
| vairāgya | and detachment | SB 11.18.40-41 |
| ||
| vairāgyataḥ | by detachment | SB 11.20.32-33 |
| ||
| vairāgyeṇa | by detachment | BG 6.35 |
| ||
| vairāgyeṇa | by detachment | SB 3.32.34-36 |
| ||
| vana-sthaḥ | vānaprastha, one who, after retirement from family life, goes to the forest to learn how to be detached from family life | CC Madhya 13.80 |
| ||
| vinyāsaḥ | the detailed arrangement | SB 12.12.45 |
| ||
| virāga | and detachment | SB 12.12.55 |
| ||
| virāgāya | for detachment | SB 3.23.56 |
| ||
| jāta-virāgāya | to him who has developed detachment | SB 3.32.42 |
| ||
| virajyate | becomes detached | SB 11.19.17 |
| ||
| virajyeta | may become detached | SB 7.11.33-34 |
| ||
| virakta | very much detached | CC Madhya 9.179 |
| ||
| viraktaḥ | became detached | SB 9.6.53 |
| ||
| viraktasya | and who is therefore detached | SB 11.20.23 |
| ||
| virakti | of detachment | SB 11.9.25 |
| ||
| viraktyā | through detachment | SB 3.26.72 |
| ||
| viraktyā | by detachment | SB 3.32.30 |
| ||
| virama | become detached | SB 4.29.55 |
| ||
| viramet | one should be detached | SB 11.18.26 |
| ||
| virameta | can be detached from | SB 1.11.33 |
| ||
| viśeṣa | special details | CC Madhya 1.11-12 |
| ||
| viśeṣa | all details | CC Antya 6.238 |
| ||
| sa-vistaram | in all details | SB 3.3.2 |
| ||
| vistaram | in detail | SB 3.14.4 |
| ||
| vistaram | in detail | SB 10.74.50 |
| ||
| vistaraśaḥ | in detail | BG 11.2 |
| ||
| vistāre | in expanded detail | CC Adi 4.111 |
| ||
| vistareṇa | in detail | BG 10.18 |
| ||
| vistāri' | describing in detail | CC Antya 10.50 |
| ||
| vistāriyā | in full detail | CC Madhya 6.283 |
| ||
| vistṛtam | in full detail | SB 10.1.12 |
| ||
| vitṛṣṇayā | by detachment from sense gratification | SB 5.5.10-13 |
| ||
| abhidheya-vivaraṇa | description of the means (devotional service) in detail | CC Madhya 22.166 |
| ||
| kailā vivaraṇa | described in detail | CC Antya 20.133 |
| ||
| vivikta-cetāḥ | one whose mind is detached from worldly affairs | SB 1.19.12 |
| ||
| vyāsa | in detail | SB 11.29.23 |
| ||
| vyāsam | the detailed account | SB 6.4.1-2 |
| ||
| vyoma | like the sky (You are detached from everything) | SB 11.11.28 |
| ||
| yena | by which detachment | SB 11.8.38 |
|
|
| √ Root Search | Word Frequency | Sandhi | Pāṇini Research Tool | Sanskrit OCR | NCC Map| Maldives Map | 931416 Unique Words and 3500+ Years of History | Help Feedback |
icon to enable a popup keybord and you can toggle between देवनागरी and IAST characters. If you want a system software for typing easily in देवनागरी or IAST you can download our software called SanskritWriter